Add a new option "mesh_ht_mode" that specifies the HT mode for the
mesh, with this option on, mesh beacons, actions frames, and probe
responses with include the appropriate HT information elements.
[original implementation by Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>]
[some fixes by Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Add timer to do SAE re-authentication with number of tries defined
by MESH_AUTH_RETRY and timeout defined by MESH_AUTH_TIMEOUT.
Ignoring the sending of reply message on "SAE confirm before commit"
to avoid "ping-pong" issues with other mesh nodes. This is obvious when
number of mesh nodes in MBSS reaching 6.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
New kernels in wiphy_suspend() will call cfg80211_leave_all() that will
eventually end up in cfg80211_stop_ap() unless wowlan_triggers were set.
For now, use the parameters from the station mode as-is. It may be
desirable to extend (or constraint) this in the future for specific AP
mode needs.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
The new AKM uses a different mechanism of deriving the PMKID based on
KCK instead of PMK. hostapd was already doing this after the KCK had
been derived, but wpa_supplicant functionality needs to be moved from
processing of EAPOL-Key frame 1/4 to 3/4 to have the KCK available.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds definitions for the 128-bit level Suite B AKM 00-0F-AC:11. The
functionality itself is not yet complete, i.e., this commit only
includes parts to negotiate the new AKM.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is needed since the SCAN command with radio work returns before the
actual driver operation to trigger a scan has been executed and as such,
cannot return result of that operation.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Number of documentation and configuration files had references to the
madwifi driver interface that was removed in the previous commit. Remove
these references as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This helps window managers treat the window properly. Mostly tiling WMs
are affected by this. All other windows inherit this option from QDialog
already.
Signed-off-by: Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
If p2p_stop_find is issued after the p2p_scan request is triggered to
the host driver, the obtained scan results are also considered to update
the P2P peer entries. This is not always desired behavior, i.e., it can
be clearer if no P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events are generated based of that
final pending scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With the radio work interface in place, station interface SCAN command
was not scheduled (i.e., it got continously delayed with "Delay station
mode scan while P2P operation is in progress") when a p2p_find was
operational. Fix this be delaying station mode scan only when a P2P
operation is in progress, but not in search state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
With the radio work interface, the actual request to start p2p_scan
operation is scheduled from a radio work and hence the initial return
value cannot provide the real result of the driver operation to trigger
a scan. Introduce a new notification API to indicate the scan trigger
status based on which the p2p_scan_running instance can be set using the
real return value from the driver operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In theory, wpas_p2p_disconnect_safely() could have dereferenced the
wpa_s == NULL argument, but in practice, it won't due to the
calling_wpa_s == wpa_s check and wpas_p2p_disconnect() accepting NULL.
Anyway, it is cleaner to add an explicit check for this. (CID 74492)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It is possible for scan result processing or BSS entry removal to occur
while there is a pending connect or sme-connect radio work with a
previously selected BSS entry. The BSS pointer was previously verified
to be valid, i.e., still point to a BSS entry, at the time the actual
connection operation is started. However, that BSS entry could have
changed to point to another BSS if the old BSS entry was either removed
or reallocated and a new BSS entry was added at the same location in
memory. This could result in the connection attempt failing to configure
parameters properly due to different BSS information (e.g., different
BSSID).
Fix this by updated the pending connect radio work data on BSS entry
updates similarly to how the last_scan_res array was updated. If the
selected BSS entry is removed, this will still result in a failed
connection, but reallocated BSS entry is now followed properly and used
when the connection work starts.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit fixes couple of connection failure paths where
wpas_connect_work_done() was not called, thus enabling the radio work
interface to proceed with the other queued actions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 22628eca34 ('Support driver-based
BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode') ended up disabling the special
ap_scan=2 WPS case where ap_scan=1 like scan followed by association is
used to find the WPS AP using wildcard SSID. Fix this by allowing
association request even with wpas_driver_bss_selection() when searching
for a WPS AP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In case of a P2P management device being present, it will be up to that
interface to handle P2P requests.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Such interface is not registered on DBus, thus there is no need to raise
any signal from it.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
DBus client should always request the proper netdev interface. This will
be necessary to get a consistent behavior whatever driver is in use:
iwlwifi (which requires a P2P mgmt dev), ath9/10k (which does not),
etc...
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
This will be useful to hand-off P2P commands from the parent interface
to its dedicated P2P device if that one is present, in DBus interface.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Save the group common frequencies when starting a GO due to
an invitation signaling requesting to re-invoke a persistent GO.
To do so, move the code that handles the translation of p2p_channels to
frequency list into a public function so it can be re-used both when GO
Negotiation is done and invitation signaling is done.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Once a P2P GO interface is configured, save the group common
frequencies, as this can be useful later for channel selection
considerations during channel switch, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The extra_roc_dur parameter can now be used in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds to simulate driver behavior where the ROC duration gets increased
without user space request.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When GC receives invitation response and tries to re-establish
connection to a persistent group channels from passive list should
be allowed. A missing check for operation mode triggered reselection
of operating channel from active channels only to happen and thus fail
the connect attempt.
Add a check for operation mode and if GC instead use negotiated
frequency (i.e. GO operating channel from invitation response).
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
When mesh is configured in, include the wildcard mesh id so that mesh
networks are returned.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
Add no_auto_peer parameter, which controls wheter a station will
automatically initiate peering to another mesh peer that comes into
range.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
Modify network mode to support mode number 5 when CONFIG_MESH is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
The mesh peering manager establishes and maintains links among
mesh peers, tracking each peer link via a finite state machine.
This implementation supports open mesh peerings.
[assorted fixes from Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>]
[more fixes from Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-hostap: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Add user_mpm config parameter, when this is set to 1 (the default) the
peer link management is done on userspace, otherwise the peer management
will be done by the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
Add routines to (de)initialize mesh interface data structures and
join and leave mesh networks.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
These key management options were missing from the previous set of
parsed information in scan results.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
Add smps_modes field, and let the driver fill it with its supported SMPS
modes (static/dynamic). This will let us start an AP with specific SMPS
mode (e.g., dynamic) that will allow it to reduce its power usage.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command and event to provide an
option to use extended versions of the nl80211 connect/roam operations
in a way that allows drivers to offload key management operations to the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 1595eb93ae ('P2P: Add support for
60 GHz social channel') had an unintended change to how P2P search scans
2.4 GHz social channels. Use of p2p_supported_freq() to filter the list
of social channels ended up using the disallow_freq setting to remove
social channels from the P2P search scans. This is not desired since
peers need to be found on any of the social channels even if those
channels have been disabled from P2P operating channel use. Restore the
previous behavior by included all the 2.4 GHz social channels in P2P
search scans if the driver indicated support for the 2.4 GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new "bss_load_update_period" parameter can be used to configure
hostapd to advertise its BSS Load element in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. This parameter is in the units of BUs (Beacon Units).
When enabled, the STA Count and the Channel Utilization value will be
updated periodically in the BSS Load element. The AAC is set to 0 sinze
explicit admission control is not supported. Channel Utilization is
calculated based on the channel survey information from the driver and
as such, requires a driver that supports providing that information for
the current operating channel.
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
This moves the addition of P2P Device interface into
wpa_supplicant_add_iface() so that this operation can be done
dynamically when adding an interface to an already running
wpa_supplicant process.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is needed to allow dynamic removal of an interface that adds the
P2P Device interface without leaving behind the management interface
with invalid wpa_s->parent pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It is now possible to run hwsim_test like data connectivity test through
wpa_supplicant/hostapd control interface if CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y is
used for the build. Test functionality is enabled/disabled at runtime
with "DATA_TEST_CONFIG <1/0>". The "DATA_TEST_TX <dst> <src> <tos>"
command can be used to request a test frame to be transmitted.
"DATA-TEST-RX <dst> <src>" event is generated when the test frame is
received.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was forgotten when the key_mgmt parser for SAE and FT-SAE was
added.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
Create init_mesh, mesh_join, and mesh_leave actions to kernel.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Convert the driver flags variable to u64 since there was no room for
more flags.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Add an implementation of Synthetic Initialization Vector (SIV)
Authenticated Encryption Using the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
This mode of AES is used to protect peering frames when using
the authenticated mesh peering exchange.
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
It was possible to issue the P2P_GROUP_REMOVE command through the
per-interface control interface. This resulted in freed memory getting
accessed when trying to send the control interface response to the
operation that ended up deleting the group interface. Fix this by
postponing the removal operation until the caller has returned.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes wpa_supplicant SME create PMKSA cache entries from SAE
authentication and try to use PMKSA caching if an entry is found for the
AP. If the AP rejects the attempt, fall back to SAE authentication is
used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Increase EAPOL startWhen to 2 for the case where the AP/GO has
advertised it supports WPS 2.0. This is done to make it less likely for
the EAPOL-Start frame to be sent out since that is only required for WPS
1.0. Not sending it can remove one unnecessary round trip from the EAP
exchange when the AP is going to start with EAP-Request/Identity
immediately based on the Association Request frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 152cff6ba6 ('P2P: Remove
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option') removed the only non-zero return from
wpas_p2p_stop_find_oper(), but did not remove the useless return value
or the return check in wpas_p2p_stop_find(). Clean these up by removing
unreachable code and useless return value.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
This is needed for number of items and it was possible to make a build
configuration that did not include ieee802_11_common.c while still
trying to use functions from there. While it would be possible to add
NEED_80211_COMMON=y to all the cases where this file is needed, the
extra complexity from this is not really justifiable anymore, so include
the file unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The MACsec addition placed one of the calls outside the #ifdef
IEEE802X_EAPOL block while the variable needed for this was defined only
within the block.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This information can be used to determine whether the event is generated
for a new peer that was added or due to an update in the information for
an existing peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new openssl_cipher configuration parameter can be used to select
which TLS cipher suites are enabled for TLS-based EAP methods when
OpenSSL is used as the TLS library. This parameter can be used both as a
global parameter to set the default for all network blocks and as a
network block parameter to override the default for each network
profile.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Mark the variable as unsigned and make the length check use "len > end -
pos" version to makes this easier to understand for static analyzers
(CID 74155).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
len + pos > end comparison here did verify that the length field had a
valid value, but that did not seem to enough to avoid TAINTED_SCALAR
warning. Re-order that validation step to be equivalent "len > end -
pos" to remove these false positives (CID 68116).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The driver_test.c driver wrapper (-Dtest in wpa_supplicant and
driver=test in hostapd) was previously used for testing without real
Wi-Fi hardware. mac80211_hwsim-based tests have practically replaced all
these needs and there has been no improvements or use for driver_test.c
in a long while. Because of this, there has not really been any effort
to maintain this older test tool and no justification to change this
either. Remove the obsoleted test mechanism to clean up the repository.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, wpas_set_wowlan_triggers() could have been called in
uninitialized wpa_driver_capa data if the driver interface did not
support reporting of capabilities. While this would not really happen
with a driver wrapper that implements set_wowlan() and as such, would
not cause any difference in practice, it is better to clean this up to
make the code path easier to understand for static analyzers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new ext_eapol_frame_io parameter can be used to configure hostapd
and wpa_supplicant to use control interface for receiving and
transmitting EAPOL frames. This makes it easier to implement automated
test cases for protocol testing. This functionality is included only in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A P2P Client may be able to connect to the GO even if the WPS
provisioning step has not terminated cleanly (e.g., P2P Client does not
send WSC_Done). Such group formation attempt missed the event
notification about started group on the GO and also did not set the
internal state corresponding to the successful group formation.
This commit addresses the missing part by completing GO side group
formation on a successful first data connection if WPS does not complete
cleanly. Also, this commit reorders the STA authorization indications to
ensure that the group formation success notification is given prior to
the first STA connection to handle such scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, this variable did not necessarily get cleared between group
formations and could result in some of the workaround operations from
not being executed after the first group formation when using the same
interface for all P2P groups. Fix this by clearing the variable whenever
starting the GO to make sure it is used consistently for each group
formation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible for local deauthentication request to leave sme-connect
radio work running even when there was no ongoing effort to complete the
connection anymore. Clean this up by marking sme-connect radio work
item, if any, done when clearing connection state after such
disconnection during connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for group formation timeout to be the trigger for
detecting the second PSK/4-way handshake failure. If that happened, the
special reason=PSK_FAILURE was not used in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event
even though P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL did get reported. Fix this special
case by replacing the reason code with PSK_FAILURE if the PSK failure
timeout gets registed as part of the disconnection processing in the
formation timeout handler.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use os_exec() to run the action script operations to avoid undesired
command line processing for control interface event strings. Previously,
it could have been possible for some of the event strings to include
unsanitized data which is not suitable for system() use. (CVE-2014-3686)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ("Add generic
mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames") has a minor bug
where it miscalculates the length of memory to move using
os_memmove. If multiple vendor elements are specified then this can
lead to out of bounds memory accesses.
This patch fixes this by calculating the correct length of remaining
data to shift down in the information element.
Signed-off-by: Toby Gray <toby.gray@realvnc.com>
Use hostapd_freq_params instead of simple frequency parameter for driver
commands. This is preparation for IBSS configuration to allow use of
HT/VHT in IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Previously, the case of non-netdev P2P management device ended up
pulling in both the main interface (e.g., wlan0) and P2P Device
interface (from command line -m argument) as configuration. Similarly,
the main interface ended up included both configuration files. This is
not really helpful for various use cases, e.g., when permanent P2P group
information is stored in the P2P Devince interface, but it gets
duplicated in the main station interface configuration.
Clean this up by changing the -m<file> argument to replace, not
concatenate, configuration information. In other words, the main station
interface will not read this configuration and the P2P Device interface
(non-netdev) does not read parameters from the station interface
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Relying on qos qosinfo is not enough, as it can be 0 for WMM enabled
peers that don't support U-APSD. Further, some peers don't even contain
this IE (Google Nexus 5), but do contain the WMM IE during setup.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Some drivers need to know the initiator of a TDLS connection in order
to generate a correct TDLS mgmt packet. It is used to determine
the link identifier IE. Pass this information to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
mac_addr=2 and preassoc_mac_addr=2 parameters can now be used to
configure random MAC address to be generated by maintaining the OUI part
of the permanent MAC address (but with locally administered bit set to
1). Other than that, these values result in similar behavior with
mac_addr=1 and preassoc_mac_addr=1, respectively.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Support 60 GHz band in P2P module by selecting random social channel
from all supported social channels in 2.4 GHz and 60 GHz bands.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This permits to set or unset the WiFi Display subelements from DBus, by
providing the full WFD specific IE frame.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
If "STA_AUTOCONNECT 0" has been used to disable automatic connection on
disconnection event and the driver indicates multiple disconnection
events for the disconnection from the current AP when WPS is started, it
could have been possible to hit a case where wpa_s->disconnected was set
to 1 during WPS processing and the following scan result processing
would stop the operation.
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS check was trying to avoid to skip
autoconnect when WPS was in use, but that does not seem to work anymore.
Fix this by checking through wpas_wps_searching() as well to avoid
setting wpa_s->disconnect = 1 when there is an ongoing WPS operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This check is already being done on wpas_p2p_deinit_iface.
Of course, it is assumed wpa_s is not deinit when reaches
that point as a matter of fact.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
As P2P service are not necessarily attached to a iface, when
added, proceed with same approach on p2p global deinit. Such
approach solves memory leaks ocurring upon wpa_supplicant
termination, when p2p services were registered previously.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
This adds experimental support for wpa_supplicant to assign random local
MAC addresses for both pre-association cases (scan, GAS/ANQP) and for
connections. MAC address policy for each part can be controlled
separately and the connection part can be set per network block.
This requires support from the driver to allow local MAC address to be
changed if random address policy is enabled. It should also be noted
that number of drivers would not support concurrent operations (e.g.,
P2P and station association) with random addresses in use for one or
both.
This functionality can be controlled with the global configuration
parameters mac_addr and preassoc_mac_addr which set the default MAC
address policies for connections and pre-association operations (scan
and GAS/ANQP while not connected). The global rand_addr_lifetime
parameter can be used to set the lifetime of a random MAC address in
seconds (default: 60 seconds). This is used to avoid unnecessarily
frequent MAC address changes since those are likely to result in driver
clearing most of its state. It should be noted that the random MAC
address does not expire during an ESS connection, i.e., this lifetime is
only for the case where the device is disconnected.
The mac_addr parameter can also be set in the network blocks to define
different behavior per network. For example, the global mac_addr=1 and
preassoc_mac_addr=1 settings and mac_addr=0 in a home network profile
would result in behavior where all scanning is performed using a random
MAC address while connections to new networks (e.g.,
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0) would use random address and connections to
the home network would use the permanent MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends "wpa_cli -a<action script>" functionality to work with the
global wpa_supplicant control interface. The IFNAME=<ifname> prefix is
removed from the event messages and converted to the control interface
name when present. Previously, action scripts could only be used with
the per-interface control interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of other buffers were already increased to this size, but the
buffer used for receiving unsolicited event messages from wpa_supplicant
(e.g., for wpa_cli action scripts) was still at the older 256 byte size.
This could result in some events getting truncated. Avoid this by using
the same 4096 byte buffer size here as in the other places receiving
messages from wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ifname_prefix string could change during line editing and the
periodic PING command running in the background ended up getting the
latest snapshot of the command line due to the pointer being left to
point to the edit buffer. This resulted in unexpected prefix strings
getting used with the periodic PING command. Fix this by temporarily
clearing the ifname_prefix whenever running such a periodic PING.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The commit 5cd4740580 has rearranged the
update scan results code and hence the IEs were not getting updated
properly for ap_scan=1 case. This can result in a 4-way handshake
failure in the roaming case (IE mismatch in 3/4 EAPOL). Fix this by
updating the scan results even if ap_scan=1 is used and network does not
need to get reselected based on association information.
Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It also allows to use the STATUS command with default behavior,
say for debug, i.e., don't generate a "fake" CONNECTION and
SUPPLICANT_STATE_CHANGE events with the new STATUS-NO_EVENTS case.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
In theory, this call could fail, so check the return value before using
the received data. These specific cases would not really care much about
the failures, but this keeps the code more consistent and keeps static
analyzer warnings more useful. (CID 72678, CID 72679, CID 72680,
CID 72683, CID 72689, CID 72698, CID 72703)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The network block bssid parameter can be used to force a specific BSS to
be used for a connection. It is also possible to modify this parameter
during an association. Previously, that did not result in any
notification to the driver which was somewhat problematic with drivers
that take care of BSS selection. Add a new mechanism to allow
wpa_supplicant to provide a driver update if the bssid parameter change
for the current connection modifies roaming policy (roaming
allowed/disallowed within ESS).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
An interoperability issue with a deployed AP has been identified where
the connection fails due to that AP failing to operate correctly if
PMKID is included in the Association Request frame. To work around this,
allow EAPOL-Start packet to be transmitted on startWhen reaching 0 even
when trying to use PMKSA caching. In practice, this allows fallback to
full EAP authentication if the AP/Authenticator takes more than 1-2
seconds to initiate 4-way handshake for PMKSA caching or full EAP
authentication if there was no PMKSA cache match.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the shorter startWhen value was used based on build
parameters (i.e., if WPS was enabled). This is not really ideal and the
knowledge of WPS use can be provided to the EAPOL state machine to allow
this (and similar WPS workarounds) to be done only when the association
is for the purpose of WPS.
Reduce the default startWhen value from 3 to 2 seconds for non-WPS case
since WPS builds have likely received most testing for the past years
with the 1 second value and there is no strong justification for forcing
the longer 3 second wait should a frame be lost or something else
require the EAPOL-Start to initiate operation after a connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently to signal PropertiesChanged upon group client
removal (group property), wpa_supplicant dbus uses wpa_s
members like go_dev_addr and current_ssid, for instance.
Thus, deferring p2p client deauth to after dbus notify,
but keeping the same order as before, solves the issue,
as wpa_s is not yet completely deinitialized.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
"Age" is the age in seconds since the BSS was last seen, and is
emitted as a PropertyChanged signal whenever the BSS is updated
from a scan result. It also returns the correct age when queried
directly.
This property can be used to resolve issues where, if no other
properties of the BSS changed from scan results (for example,
if the BSS always had 100% signal) no D-Bus signals would be
emitted to indicate that the BSS had just been seen in the scan.
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
While building Association Request frame IEs we should consider adding
P2P IEs only on interface where P2P functionality is enabled. Consider
per interface p2p_disabled parameter before adding P2P IEs to complete
the checks for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some deployed APs send two credentials when in mixed-WPA/WPA2
configuration; one for the WPA-Personal/TKIP and the other for
WPA2-Personal/CCMP. Previously, this would result in two network blocks
getting added for the single AP. This can be somewhat confusing and
unnecessary, so merge such credentials into a single one that allows
both WPA and WPA2 to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the P2P Interface Address of the peer gets updated in the
peer table every time based on the scan results.
For example, in a two port concurrency scenario, where the peer device
has two interfaces with unique P2P Interface Addresses and with same P2P
Device Address, based on the Probe Response/Beacon frames from these two
interfaces, their peer table gets updated, but each of these updates
happens in the peer table only based on the P2P Device Address. So, the
same peer's P2P Interface address is updated every time and hence, at
any instant, only one P2P Device Address to P2P Interface Address
mapping entry exist in the peer table for the peer which has two
interfaces.
When we try to join a group operated by the peer, lookup happens in the
peer table and when an interface entry is not available, the pending
interface address gets overwritten with the P2P Device Address and hence
the P2P connection can fail. Since the BSS table is the one that is
up-to-date, this fix will ensure that the interface overwriting will
happen only when there is no BSS entry for the pending P2P Interface
Address as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Global freq_list scan filtar was taken into account only by
req_scan and not by req_sched_scan. We want to allow the user
to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will scan in req_sched_scan
requests as well.
Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
Before fixing this issue, calling wpas_dbus_getter_p2p_device_config
was causing early termination of dbus connection, due to writing
values to an already closed dict.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
In order to find a GO interface, there has to be a
comparison among two SSIDs, instead of a wpa_ssid and
a ssid.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
First for better concistancy but also to tell about the group_object
that is getting removed, thus the client will know about it and will be
able to act accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
When p2p_cancel is invoked while the GO Negotiation Action TX was
pending, the p2p_send_action_work was not getting cleared.
Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
The parameter wowlan_triggers is a global string and is not recognised
if it is embraced with double-quotes.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Nunes <philippe.nunes@linux.intel.com>
The PAME-BI bit in the Advertisement Protocol element is reserved for
non-AP STA, so this function will never set that bit to one and as such,
there is not much point in maintaining the placeholder dead code for
this either. (CID 68107)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The PSK/passphrase are needed for the control interface events since the
upper layer UI component is required by the specification to be able to
make this available for manual configuration. However, this is not
needed in the INFO verbosity level debug entry, so split the event
generation into two parts.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it easier to change the event message message for indication
when P2P group has stated and removes some duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows external programs to use vendor specific information from
P2P peers without wpa_supplicant having to be able to parse and
understand all such vendor specific elements.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds following new control interface commands to allow arbitrary
vendor elements to be added into number of frames:
VENDOR_ELEM_ADD <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_GET <frame id>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> *
The following frames are supported in this commit (additional frames can
be added in the future):
0 = Probe Request frame in P2P device discovery
1 = Probe Response frame from P2P Device role
2 = Probe Response frame from P2P GO
3 = Beacon frame from P2P GO
4 = PD Req
5 = PD Resp
6 = GO Neg Req
7 = GO Neg Resp
8 = GO Neg Conf
9 = Invitation Request
10 = Invitation Response
11 = P2P Association Request
12 = P2P Association Response
One or more vendor element can be added/removed with the commands. The
hexdump of the element(s) needs to contain the full element (id, len,
payload) and the buffer needs to pass IE parsing requirements to be
accepted.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, offloaded scanning (PNO) on Android was including SSIDs from
all enabled networks regardless of the scan_ssid parameter which
resulted in different behavior for the offloaded case when comparing to
wpa_supplicant initiated scans.
Use the sched_scan match filter to allow broadcast SSID to be used for
scan_ssid=1 networks also with PNO to avoid running active scans for
SSIDs that have not been explicitly marked as requiring an SSID-specific
scan. This reduces exposure of configured network names on the device
when running offloaded scans while the host device is in sleep.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This would not really be needed since these functions check the pointer
above. However, this seems to be too difficult for some static analyzer,
so add the extra check to avoid false reports.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to configure a Hotspot 2.0 Release 2 network externally
for a case where wpa_supplicant-based Interworking network selection is
not used and the update_identifier cannot be copied directly from a
cred.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Incorrect field was used to determine the init=<value> in the regulatory
domain changed control interface event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new "scan_id=<comma separated list of network ids>" parameter can
now be used to specify a list of network ids that have scan_ssid=1 to
indicate active scanning of the SSID. This adds the listed SSIDs to the
scan command to allow manual scan requests to perform active scans for
hidden SSIDs. For example, "SCAN scan_id=1,7,11" would run a scan with
the SSID fetched from the configured network blocks 1, 7, and 11
(assuming those are set with scan_ssid=1). The SSIDs will be included
even from network blocks that are currently disabled.
The maximum number of SSIDs added to the request is limited by the
driver support. If more than supported values are specified, the command
will fail (returns "FAIL").
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use an explicit memset call to clear any wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter that contains private information like keys or identity. This
brings in an additional layer of protection by reducing the length of
time this type of private data is kept in memory.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
build_root_nai() will not be extended to write something after the
domain, so there is no need to update the pos pointer after the final
os_snprintf() call in the function. Remove this to make a static
analyzer happier.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is not really necessary check, but it keeps a static analyzer
happier by avoiding dead increment. Doing it this way rather than
removing the increment is less likely to cause problems when new entries
are added here in the future (the "dead" increment would be very much
needed in those cases).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The pointer to the current position is enough to figure out whether the
proto string is the first one in the buffer. Removing the separate
tracking variable cleans up a static analyzer warning on dead
assignment.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds an explicit limit for the maximum Wi-Fi Display subelement
length for ASCII hexdump. This would not really be needed since the
buffer is already limited by maximum frame length. Anyway, since this
can make static analyzers happier and the subelement used with this
function is short, we may as well include an explicit check.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
While the buffer is expected to be large enough for all the IEs, it is
better to check for this explicitly when adding the HS 2.0 Indication
element. (CID 68601)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The previously used design was a bit too complex for static analyzers
(e.g., CID 68131, CID 68133) to understand which resulted in false
warnings about uninitialized memory. Avoid this by explicitly
initializing the pointer array to NULL and also skipping any invalid
NULL entry in the helper function.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
GroupMember is unusable in itself and all the necessary informations are
stored in Peer objects, thus replace the use of GroupMember by Peer.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
If only the Peer is part of one or more group, this property will tell
those via listing their object paths.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
This will be useful for a peer to know if it is part of a group either
as a client of our local GO or as the peer GO.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Commit e9852462d5 ('eapol_test: Add PC/SC
reader and PIN command line arguments') did not add break to the switch
statement for the new -R command line option.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Previously, eight character random passphrase was generated
automatically for P2P GO. The new p2p_passphrase_len parameter can be
used to increase this length to generate a stronger passphrase for cases
where practicality of manual configuration of legacy devices is not a
concern.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new command line arguments -R<reader> and -P<PIN> can now be used to
specify which PC/SC reader (prefix match) and PIN are to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to trigger new SA Query procedure to check the state of
the connection immediately after having performed such a check. Limit
the impact of burst of unprotected Deauth/Disassoc frames by starting a
new SA Query procedure only once at least 10 seconds has passed from the
previous SA Query that was triggered by reception of an unprotected
disconnection. The first SA Query procedure for each association does
not follow this rule to avoid issues with test cases that expect to see
an SA Query every time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"TDLS_TEARDOWN *" can now be used to tear down the direct links to all
TDLS peers. This is useful for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
If a link is unreachable, the specification mandates we should send a
teardown packet via the AP with a specific teardown reason. Force this
by first disabling the link and only then sending the teardown packet
for the LOW_ACK event.
Rename the TDLS LOW_ACK event handler to better reflect its purpose.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
This removes number of unnecessary #ifdef CONFIG_P2P blocks from generic
code by hiding the conditional build into p2p_supplicant.h with empty
inline functions.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Performing a P2P Device flow such as p2p_listen or
p2p_find, can degrade the performance of an active interface
connection, if the listen frequency is different than the
frequency used by that interface.
To reduce the effect of P2P Device flows on other interfaces,
try changing the listen channel of the P2P Device to match the
operating channel of one of the other active interfaces. This change
will be possible only in case that the listen channel is not forced
externally, and will be delayed to a point where the P2P Device
state machine is idle.
The optimization can be configured in the configuration file and
is disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case there is no preference for the GO operating channel,
try using one of 1, 6, 11 (randomly), and only if the random
selection is not suitable traverse all the channels 1..11.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Remove the seperation between getting the local interface frequency and
other interfaces frequencies since going over all the radio interfaces
includes the local interface.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
When the number of frequencies supported by the kernel is bigger than
one, and there is a need to pick a frequency for a new flow such as P2P
GO Negotiation or P2P Invitation, the flow should be able to pick the
best frequency among all the frequencies currently used by the device.
In order to prioritize between the currently used frequencies, add
the ability to collect additional data about each used frequency
(if the frequency is used by a station interface or P2P Client)
and when needed select the best frequency, where:
1. Infrastructure interfaces have highest priority
2. P2P Client interfaces have higher priority over AP/GO
interfaces.
The rational is that the frequency of an AP/GO can change while
that of a station interface cannot.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Remove the check for get_radio_name support from
get_shared_radio_freqs_data() since get_radio_name is no longer in use
in this function.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Most of these calls are checked to return success and there is no reason
why these wouldn't, so be more consistent. This addresses CID 62841,
CID 62840, CID 62839, CID 62838, CID 62837, CID 62836.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If this chmod() call fails, the global control interface is allowed to
be used since there was no change to its group. Anyway, it can be
helpful to note the error case in debug log instead of silently ignoring
it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit b125c48fce ('P2P: Add wfd_dev_info=
field for device found event') added Wi-Fi Display device info to the
P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events. However, it did not include proper bounds
checking in wifi_display_subelem_hex() and could accept subelements with
invalid length field values. This could result in buffer read overflow
of up to 64 kB and inclusion of heap memory in the local control
interface event and/or process crash due to invalid memory access. Fix
this by checking the validity of the length field before writing a
hexdump of the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The vendor_ext[i] = NULL setting did not make any sense since
num_vendor_ext should have been used to index the vendor_ext array. The
old code did not do any harm since i >= num_vendor_ext and none of the
already set entries could have been cleared. Anyway, better clean this
by making it skip the setting to NULL similarly to what was already done
in the P2P peer vendor ext getter.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The OSEN code path hardcodes number of struct wpa_ie_data items.
However, it did not clear the full structure and some uninitialized
fields could have been used (e.g., ie.mgmt_group_cipher for a debug
print and ie.capabilities for checking MFPC). Fix this by clearing the
ie data before filling in the hardcoded OSEN values.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There were couple of missing breaks in switch-default (before/after).
While these did not have any noticeable issues due to falling over to
the next step that just exited from the switch statement, it is cleaner
and more robust to have each case use an explicit break.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The tmpentry variable was not initialized and
_wpa_dbus_dict_entry_get_byte_array() does not set tmpentry.type, so it
would have been possible for the error path to end up trying to free
unexpected type of an entry or not free the memory at all.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This avoids an incorrect ARRAY_VS_SINGLETON report for a case where a
pointer is taken to the specified field in a frame and not to a single
octet. Bounds checking was already handled separately.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Due to an incorrect operation (MOD vs. AND), the code that was supposed
to return an error if the hex string has odd length was not really
reporting any failures. Instead of reporting an error, the invalid
control interface command would have been truncated. This is not an
issue in practice, but better fix the implementation anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If a dict would include duplicated items, the parsing code here would
have leaked memory by overwriting old os_strdup() result with the new
one. Fix this by explicitly freeing the previous entry. This addresses
CID 62852, CID 62851, CID 62850, CID 62849, CID 62847, CID 62846.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It would have been at least theoretically possible to hit the first
error in the loop and end up jumping to error handling which would call
os_free(value) without the value having been cleared after the os_free()
call at the end of the previous loop iteration.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The GAS query TX operation used a fixed wait time of 1000 ms for the
reply. However, it would be possible for the driver to not support this
long remain-on-channel maximum. Limit this wait time based on driver
support, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes the p2p_find default delay value configurable as
p2p_search_delay parameter through the configuration file (and through
control interface "SET p2p_search_delay <value>" on the P2P management
interface.
This parameter controls the number milliseconds of extra delay that is
added between search iterations when there is a concurrent operation in
progress. This can be used, e.g., p2p_search_delay=100 to make p2p_find
friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of
the radio resources. The default value is the previous default, i.e.,
500 ms. Smaller values can be used to find peers more quickly at the
cost of larger effect to concurrent operations while a larger value
leaves more time for the concurrent operations at the cost of making
device discovery take longer time.
The optional p2p_find delay argument can still be used to override the
search delay for each search operation.
Since the P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY macro is not used anymore, the
driver specific build parameter for bcmdhd from Android.mk is also
removed. Similar configuration can now be achieved with
p2p_search_delay=0 in the p2p0 interface configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant_event() is required to include the event data for AP mode
events. In theory, a non-AP mode event could be sent here from the
driver wrapper, so reject such event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Prepare for new extended capabilities bits by checking that the local
buffer is large enough to contain all the bits the driver requests. The
existing buffers are large enough to include anything defined until now,
but it would be possible to add more definitions in the future, so
increase them a bit as well to make this more future proof.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of allowing the connection attempt to occur with an unsupported
inner method, check for that explicitly at the time the network block is
added and drop the network if the identified inner method is not
supported.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This cannot really be NULL in practice since cred->eap_method would
point to a valid EAP method. Anyway, to avoid false positive from
analyzers, check the pointer explicitly before printing it.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is mainly to keep static analyzers silent since it does not look
like this code path can be reached in practice due to the way
association events are handled and current_ssid is either set before
resched here or the association is rejected. Anyway, if this could be
reached, the wpa_supplicant_set_wpa_none_key() call would end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer, so add an explicit check to make sure that
does not happen.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the offchannel TX frame command was offloaded to the driver in
offchannel_send_action(), we must not send another copy of the frame if
a remain-on-channel event happens to be delivered between this TX
command and the matching TX status event. It was possible for the
duplicated frame to cause problems, e.g., with P2P invitation exchange
if the same Invitation Request frame got sent twice and only the first
one getting accepted by the peer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The dynamically allocated struct wpa_external_work contains the name of
the radio work in the type field and this is used in a debug print
within radio_work_done(). Re-order radio_work_done() and os_free() calls
on couple of paths where the memory was freed before that final user of
the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant was giving below error when "CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y" and
"CONFIG_P2P=y" are in .config file:
"wpas_module_tests.c:84: undefined reference to `wps_module_tests'"
This error is coming because "CONFIG_WPS=y" is commented out in .config
file but CONFIG_WPS is getting enabled by CONFIG_P2P in Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
For one specific case when running with Interworking enabled the
re-initialisation of the scan timer is missing. This makes auto connect
to a configured network fail.
The case is:
- Interworking credentials available, but do not match
- Auto interworking is enabled (auto_interworking=1)
- Interworking auto select is disabled (i.e., this is from
auto_interworking=1, not from INTERWORKING_SELECT auto)
- No configured (enabled and non blacklisted) networks are present
in scan results list with full match
- Interworking finds matching networks (it does not do full security
policy match)
This patch covers the case and re-initialises the scan timer to allow
search for a suitable network to continue.
Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
This makes the operations more consistent when going through multiple
persistent group re-invocation sequences in a row. Each invitation needs
to be accepted separately if persistent reconnect is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds [DMG] and [PBSS] flags for scan results and BSS table entries
using the IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 updated definition of the Capability
field.
Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <qca_bsoroc@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds epoll option for the eloop implementation. This can be
selected with the CONFIG_ELOOP_EPOLL=y build option.
[merit]
See Table1.
Table1. comparison table
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| | add fd | remove fd | prepare fd | dispatch fd |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| select | O(1) | O(1) | O(N) | O(N) |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| poll | O(1) | O(1) | O(N) | O(N) |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| epoll | O(1) | O(1) | 0 | O(M) |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
"add fd" is addition of fd by eloop_sock_table_add_sock().
"remove fd" is removal of fd by eloop_sock_table_remove_sock().
"prepare fd" is preparation of fds before wait in eloop_run().
"dispatch fd" is dispatchment of fds by eloop_sock_table_dispatch().
"N" is all watching fds.
"M" is fds which could be dispatched after waiting.
As shown in Table1, epoll option has better performance on "prepare fd" column.
Because select/poll option requires setting fds before every select()/poll().
But epoll_wait() doesn't need it.
And epoll option has also better performance on "dispatch fd" column.
Because select/poll option needs to check all registered fds to find out
dispatchable fds. But epoll option doesn't require checking all registered fds.
Because epoll_wait() returns dispatchable fd set.
So epoll option is effective for GO/AP functionality.
[demerit]
The epoll option requires additional heap memory. In case of P2P GO, it is
about 8K bytes.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
The group object is already registered on DBus at that point, thus wpa_s
structure holds its path already.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Fixes a minor mistake: the p2p_info structure should be used here
instead of the peer_handler_args one.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
These signals delivers an array of key/value pairs, thus declaring those
as it should.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
When there is a pending WPS negotiation for P2P and signal interrupt is
triggered, invalid read occurs in wpas_wps_terminate_pending() if
wpas_p2p_disconnect() removed the interface. Inverting deinit order
solves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
The radio works for the interface get removed if interface is disabled.
This could have left P2P module in invalid state if the interface got
disabled during a p2p_find or p2p_listen operation. Clear the state in
such a case to avoid blocking following operations due to P2P module
assuming it is still in progress of doing something.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new command can be used to simulate driver events without having to
go through the driver wrapper or kernel code for this. This enables more
testing coverage with hwsim.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like there was a possible sequence for wpa_s->scan_req to be
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ at the moment a GO is to be started. This could result
in the "Request scan (that will be skipped) to start GO" to actually not
skip the scan and end up stuck waiting for something external to trigger
a scan before the GO could be started. Fix this by clearing
wpa_s->scan_req when deciding to start the GO.
This issue could be hit at least by first enabling autoscan and then
issuing P2P_GROUP_ADD. Other sequences that set wpa_s->scan_req to
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ without going through wpa_supplicant_scan() to clear it
immediately could also have similar effect (and there is even a small
window for the wpa_supplicant_scan() call to happen only after the
P2P_GROUP_ADD command is processed, so this could potentially have
happened even with SCAN + P2P_GROUP_ADD).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 41d5ce9e0b was intended to scan for
GO on the negotiated channel for few iterations, but it did not work
correctly due to incorrect operator being used. Fix this by requiring
both conditions to be met for the single channel scan.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
On receiving CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event from driver, verify that local
GO (if any) is operating in valid frequency. If not, we should remove
the group and reform on valid frequency. Indicate this similarly to the
avoid-frequency notification (i.e., a control interface message for
upper layers to react to this for now; potentially CSA later).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This command allows to copy network variable from one network to
another, e.g., to clone the psk field without having to extract it from
wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Valgrind indicates reference to already freed memory if function
wpa_config_remove_network() is called prior to calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(), and this can lead to a crash.
Inverting the call order fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Mallat <hannu.mallat@jollamobile.com>
The new command line argument -e can be used to request the server to
send EAP-Key-Name in Access-Accept. If both the local EAP peer
implementation and server provide the EAP Session-Id, compare those
values and indicate in debug log whether a match was seen.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends Interworking network selection to enable FT-EAP as an
optional key_mgmt value to allow FT to be used instead of hardcoding
WPA2-Enterprise without FT.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
No need to call ibss_rsn_deinit() again since it is already being called
by wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
Do not perform extended listen period operations when either a P2P
connection is in progress. This makes the connection more robust should
an extended listen timer trigger during such an operation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
No need to use ENOBUFS within core wpa_supplicant, so just replace it
with -1 to work arounds MinGW build issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add a new wowlan_triggers option to wpa_supplicant.conf. The triggers in
this key will be used to configure the kernel wowlan configuration.
For now, support only simple flags. More complex triggers can be added
later on.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
This was supposed to end with a newline character so that parameters are
aligned in configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
The previous check for dl_list_len() or having an entry from the list is
sufficient, but some static analyzers cannot figure out that
dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() will return non-NULL in this type of
cases. Avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The check based on last_scan_res_used is sufficient for making sure that
last_scan_res is allocated. However, it is a bit too complex for static
analyzers to notice, so add an explicit check to avoid bogus reports.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for the disconnection event from the driver to not get
delivered when interface is disabled. To maintain consistent ctrl_iface
event behavior, indicate CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED in such a case if we
were in connected state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If two config files are merged together, the ssid and cred blocks may
not have been processed correctly since the tail pointers were not
updated to the last entry from the first configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the frequency conflict was handled only during the
association flow. However, some drivers, e.g., mac80211 based
drivers, will fail an authentication request in case that there
are no available channels for use (as they might be used by
other interfaces), and thus the frequency conflict resolution
is never called.
Fix this by calling frequency conflict resolution during
authentication (SME-in-wpa_supplicant) as well.
In addition, get the shared radio frequency from the wpa_s context in
both the SME-in-driver and SME-in-wpa_supplicant cases and not from the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The normal scan counter is used to trigger a few normal scans before a
scheduled scan is issued. The reason for doing this is that we get
results faster and some drivers support more SSIDs per normal scan
than during sched scan. After 2 normal scans, we start using
sched_scan. But the problem is that when a connection succeeds, we do
not reset this counter, so we will keep using sched scans.
To fix this, now we reset the counter when we switch to WPA_COMPLETED
state.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
This avoids large number of undesired compiler warnings since Android
build system is added -Wextra.
Signed-off-by: Greg Hackmann <ghackmann@google.com>
This allows the specific SIM to be identified for authentication
purposes in multi-SIM devices. This SIM number represents the index of
the SIM slot. This SIM number shall be used for the authentication using
the respective SIM for the Wi-Fi connection to the corresponding
network.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous version prevented all use of wpas_global_ctrl_iface_set().
That's not desirable since there may be more global parameters added in
the future. Instead, try to use the global version first and redirect to
P2P interface only if the global version returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The P2P redirection for SAVE_CONFIG issued on the global control
interface was preventing wpas_global_ctrl_iface_save_config() from being
reached. The global version of SAVE_CONFIG was supposed to try to save
configuration files for all interface rather than just the P2P
management interface, so fix this by removing the unneeded and undesired
redirection.
Modify the global SAVE_CONFIG handler to return FAIL if no configuration
files were saved. This makes the behavior match with the per-interface
SAVE_CONFIG.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rename the eap_proxy_*.mk file to eap_proxy_*.mak for non-Android builds
so that the same eap_proxy implementation can be more easily included in
the same directory for both cases.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, it was possible to remove the main interface and leave
behind dynamic P2P group interfaces. This would eventually result in
references freed memory, so it is not really suitable behavior. Instesd,
remove all the dynamic P2P group interfaces that were created through an
interface that is now removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If we receive a scan request via D-Bus and wpa_supplicant_scan_trigger
fails, return the failure to the caller over D-Bus.
Signed-hostap: mukesh agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
Use eloop timeout to run the reconnect command after eapol_cb has
returned. This reduces stack use and can simplify the driver
command/event sequence by allowing the disconnection events from the
provisioning step to be processed before starting the actual data
connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If a P2P GO issues multiple credentials for some reason, clone the
p2p_group and temporary parameters to all those based on the initial
network block that gets used for the first credential.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This used to work, but it looks like the disabled-PSK-network check
ended up rejecting confiurations that configured a wildcard SSID with a
passphrase (instead of PSK).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows external programs to monitor driver signal change events
through wpa_supplicant when bgscan is used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Adding a new entry was returning FAIL on success due to incorrect
assumption of wpa_blacklist_add() returning 0 on success (it returns the
positive blacklist count).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These commands can be executed on the P2P interface thus should be
redirected to it when issued to the global control interface.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
- Reassociate was only working when there was already a connect in
place, which is not how the REASSOCIATE command from the ctrl
interface works.
Signed-off-by: Fionn Cleary <fionn.cleary@streamunlimited.com>
Mark the scan performed by the P2P Client in search of the GO
during the persistant reinvocation as a p2p_probe to avoid
unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The structures are all allocated, so the pointer can be compared to NULL
to determine whether the subelement was present.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a subelement is unexpectedly included multiple times, the parser must
not re-allocate memory for the entry without first freeing the old
allocation.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Only the Neighbor Report element should be included here, so verify that
the element id matches. In addition, verify that each subelement has
valid length before using the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 41d5ce9e0b added scan optimizations
for P2P invitation cases. However, it left a path where the invitation
state was not cleared and as such, introduced potential issues for
following scans that ended up getting incorrectly optimized for a single
channel regardless of parameters. Fix this by clearing p2p_in_invitation
more carefully, especially on p2p_cancel command.
p2p_cancel is now also run from the FLUSH command to avoid issues with
hwsim test cases (e.g., persistent_group_per_sta_psk followed by
ap_open_tdls resulted in an error due to p2p_in_invitation remaining set
after FLUSH).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wnm_deallocate_memory() left wnm_num_neighbor_report set while freeing
the allocated buffer of neighbor reports. If this function was called
twice in a row without having went through new neighbor report parsing,
invalid pointers could have been freed resulted in segfault.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The newer NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER command is more general version that
handles the cases where NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL could potentially have been
used. In addition, with the new WPS NFC design, it is important to
receive the handover request message that was used in the handover in
addition to the select message, so the NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL command on
its own would not be sufficient for this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Now that WPS 2.0 support is enabled unconditionally, WEP and Shared auth
type are not allowed. This made some of the older code unused and that
can now be removed to clean up the implementation. There is still one
place where WEP is allowed for testing purposes: wpa_supplicant as
Registrar trying to configure an AP to use WEP. That is now only allowed
in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, though.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit dbfb8e82ff changed the Action frame
RX payload pointer design to point to a different field. WNM Sleep Mode
Response handler updated one of the uses to accommodate this change, but
that commit missed another use for key data length. This resulted in GTK
and IGTK being ignored in many cases when waking up from WNM Sleep Mode
with PMF enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows a subset of channels to be specified for the scan used to
find the network when the SELECT_NETWORK ctrl_iface command is issued.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
req_conn_capab and required_roaming_consortium parameters were not
written into the cred block when requesting wpa_supplicant to write the
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"GET_CRED <id> <field>" can now be used to fetch credential parameters
over the control interface. This does not allow passwords etc. private
material to be retrieved ("*" is returned for those if the value is set
regardless of the value). FAIL is returned if the requested parameter
has not been set. For cred parameters that can have multiple values,
newline separated list of values is returned.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Following events are now sent to ctrl_iface monitors to indicate if
credential blocks have been added, modified, or removed:
CRED-ADDED <id>
CRED-MODIFIED <id> <field>
CRED-REMOVE <id>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is required to read IMSI from SIM if it has not already been done
when comparing HS 2.0 AP 3GPP information with the local credentials.
Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
When an ANQP fetch is triggered and ANQP_3GPP_CELLULAR_NETWORK info is
required, initialize scard to be ready when comparing ANQP and
credentials.
Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
If a separate P2P group interface is used, PBC overlap during group
formation causes the group interface to be removed, which ends up with
the interface context becoming invalid. Fix this by scheduling a timeout
to process the PBC overlap and interface removal instead of removing the
interface directly before the connection operation has returned.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
This was forgotten from the per-network ocsp parameter addition. The new
parameter needs to be stored to the configuration file similarly to the
other EAP parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a new connection is attempted while there is a pending sme-connection
radio work, cancel the pending radio work and continue with the new
connection attempt. This is preferable over rejecting the new work and
continuing with the pending one, as it is possible that the previous
work is no longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
According to the standard, if the max A-MPDU VHT cap is <= 3, we
have to adjust the max A-MPDU HT cap to the same value. Otherwise
it should be set to 3.
Take care of it when the max VHT A-MPDU value is overridden.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the
VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence
of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.
The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows a single ANQP query to be used to fetch both IEEE 802.11
defined ANQP elements and Hotspot 2.0 vendor specific elements.
ANQP_GET <addr> <info id>[,<info id>]...
[,hs20:<subtype>][...,hs20:<subtype>]
For example:
ANQP_GET 00:11:22:33:44:55:66 258,268,hs20:3,hs20:4
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This allows drivers that build the WPA/RSN IEs internally to use similar
design for building the OSEN IE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is not much point in building devices with WPS 1.0 only supported
nowadays. As such, there is not sufficient justification for maintaining
extra complexity for the CONFIG_WPS2 build option either. Remove this by
enabling WSC 2.0 support unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use P2P group formation timeout to wait for the 4-way handshake to
complete on a persistent reinvocation on a P2P Client.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Scan for GO on the negotiated operating channel for few iterations
before searching on all the supported channels during persistent group
reinvocation. In addition, use the already known SSID of the group in
the scans. These optimizations reduce group formation time.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to debug wpa_supplicant behavior when reporting
20/40 MHz co-ex information based on OBSS scans.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The 40 MHz intolerant bit needs to be checked before skipping the BSS
based on the channel already being in the lost (which could have
happened due to another BSS that does not indicate 40 MHz intolerant).
This fixed the 20/40 MHz co-ex report to indicate 20 MHz request
properly if there are both 40 MHz tolerant and intolerant BSSes on the
same channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It does return something: the reference of the request, as an integer,
which can be used then with ServiceDiscoveryCancelRequest to get
canceled.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
p2p_sd_cancel_request returns -1 in case of error, so does
wpas_p2p_sd_cancel_request.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Whenever an ongoing GO Neg has failed, due to interface init, the P2P
Device should cancel timeouts and issue wpas_p2p_group_formation_failed,
so the other peer detects faster group formation has failed.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
Some old device need to set p2p_no_group_iface=1 to set up a P2P
connection, so add a D-Bus interface to configure it.
Signed-off-by: Guoqiang Liu <guoqiang.liu@archermind.com>
"SET blob <name> <hexdump>" can now be used to set a configuration blob
through the wpa_supplicant control interface.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The radio_work type was stored within the dynamically allocated
wpa_radio_work buffer and that buffer ended up getting freed before the
final use of the type string within radio_work_done(). This resulted in
freed memory being used for a debug print. Avoid this by freeing the
wpa_external_work instance after having completed radio_work_done() for
the related work.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows hostapd to set a different management group cipher than the
previously hardcoded default BIP (AES-128-CMAC). The new configuration
file parameter group_mgmt_cipher can be set to BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to select one of the ciphers defined in
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a group interface is present and the command was issued on the group
interface, enable the token for that interface instead of creating a new
one.
Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.bansal@broadcom.com>
A previous patch "Support VHT capability overrides" missed one
place where HT overrides were being applied and where it would
also be useful to apply VHT overrides.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
The ieee80211w parameter was not previously copied to the hostapd BSS
structure from wpa_supplicant configuration, so PMF was practically
disabled. Allow it to be configured through the wpa_supplicant network
configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add "reattach" command to perform single-channel single-ssid scan
instead of full scan when trying to reconnect to the currently
"connected" network (assuming old scan results are not current enough to
skip the scan completely). This allows the scan result to come back in
much faster time. In ath9k, the scan took around 12 seconds with full
background scan, and only 0.1 second with the single-channel single-ssid
scan. Thus, take much less time for the client to re-establish
connection with the currently "connected" network.
Signed-hostap: Peter Qiu <zqiu@chromium.org>
This makes stations associate much faster when using lots of stations.
In addition, this avoids delaying the initial scan continuously for
dynamic interface removal/addition cases.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
When a sched_scan_stopped event is received and there is a pending PNO,
it used regular scheduled scan parameters instead of PNO specific
parameters. Change it by calling wpas_start_pno().
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Move pno_start() and pno_stop() to scan.c as a more relevant location
and rename them to wpas_start_pno()/wpas_stop_pno().
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Previously, EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' did not work with number of crypto
libraries (GnuTLS, CryptoAPI, NSS) since the required FIPS 186-2 PRF
function was not implemented. This resulted in somewhat confusing error
messages since the placeholder functions were silently returning an
error. Fix this by using the internal implementation of FIP 186-2 PRF
(including internal SHA-1 implementation) with crypto libraries that do
not implement this in case EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' is included in the build.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This enables more convenient protocol testing of AP and P2P
functionality in various error cases and unexpected sequences without
having to implement each test scenario within wpa_supplicant.
ext_mgmt_frame_handle parameter can be set to 1 to move all management
frame processing into an external program through control interface
events (MGMT-RX and MGMT-TX-STATUS) and command (MGMT_TX). This is
similar to the test interface that was added to hostapd previously, but
allows more control on offchannel operations and more direct integration
with the internal P2P module.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add an option to specify a configuration file that can be used to hold
the P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters. If this option is not used, the
P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters will be read from interface
configuration file.
Note that it is advised to use this option in some cases such as:
If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver, the wpa_supplicant creates a
dedicated P2P Device interface, where the configuration file used for
the main interface is used. As a consequence, if the configuration file
includes network definition etc., the wpa_supplicant will try to perform
station specific flows on the P2P Device interface which will fail.
If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver and update_config is used,
the P2P Device configuration data will override the main interface
configuration data.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
wpa_supplicant already allowed beacon interval to be configured for AP
mode operations, but this was not passed to the driver for IBSS even
though the same parameter can used for that case. Add this for the
nl80211 driver interface to allow beacon interval to be controlled for
IBSS as well.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.
This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.
For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
wpa_supplicant started delayed sched scan also on P2P Device interfaces,
resulting in erroneous scans and connection attempts. Skip that on
driver init when the interface is dedicated only for P2P management
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
As a P2P group has a unique SSID and one security domain, it does
not make sense to enable background scanning for roaming purposes.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Do not initialize bgscan if the user explicitly set bgscan to an empty
string. Without this patch wpa_supplicant tries to initialize bgscan to
the first option if the string is empty.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Add a callback to the driver interface that allows vendor specific
commands to be sent. In addition, a control interface command is added
to expose this new interface outside wpa_supplicant:
Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]
The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.
This interface is driver independent, but for now, this is only
implemented for the nl80211 driver interface using the cfg80211 vendor
commands.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Passing a pointer to an error reply message is not very robust since
memory allocation could fail even for that error message. Instead, use a
separate error value as the return value from get_peer_hwaddr_helper()
and return a pointer to the error message through a pointer-to-pointer
so that the error case will always be clear.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The pos pointer can be compared to the start of the buffer pointer to
determine whether the entry is the first one in the list. This gets rid
of some static analyzer warnings about unused variable writes.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The group name is not used on these paths, so just remove it from the
directory name without updating gid_str to point to the unused group
name.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The scan result comparison routine would not make much sense without
current BSS level known, so return from the function without going
through the iteration that could have dereferenced the pointer if
wpa_s->current_bss == NULL.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The special case of non-zero status code used in a GAS Comeback Response
frame to indicate that additional delay is needed before the response is
available was not working properly. This case needs to allow the status
code check to be bypassed for the comeback case prior to having received
any response data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The simulated SIM/USIM case uses a separate milenage cred parameter, so
this cred password parameter was unused for this credential type.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commits 7ef6947993 and
533536d82a added this temporarily
disabling case, but those commits were merged in without having been
converted to the new os_reltime design used for ssid->disabled_until.
Consequently, they ended up disabling the network for 44 years or so too
long time (depending on what values the relative timestamp had
accummulated so far). Fix this by using relative timestamps
consistently.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit d28f4e44f1 optimized Interworking
network selection in a case where the operation is run while already
connected to the selected network by skipping the reconnection. However,
this did not take into account that a higher priority network may have
shown up in the new scan results.
Fix this by checking whether network selection based on the latest scan
results (the ones from the interworking_select operation) would result
in a network with higher priority being selected. If so, skip the
optimization and force normal network connection (which will select this
newly found higher priority network). This fixes cases where a
non-Hotspot 2.0 network with higher priority (e.g., home network) shows
up while connected to a Hotspot 2.0 network with lower priority.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 3d910ef497 tried to make
last-network selection behave more consistently with Interworking
network selection preferences. However, it did not take into account
that other network block may have higher priority. In such cases, the
last added network from Interworking network selection should actually
not be selected for the next connection. Fix this by limiting the
last-network preference to work only within a priority class.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Scan operation is not that reliable, so try couple of times if no
OSU provider matches are found during fetch_osu command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new parameter can be used to configure credentials to mandate use
of OCSP stapling for AAA server authentication.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new priority parameter can be used to specify priorities between
credentials provisioned by the same SP. cred->priority is checked first
and if it is same and the provisioning_sp parameter matches, the new
sp_priority is used to order the credentials. It should be noted that
the order of priorities is different (higher 'priority' value indicates
higher priority of the credential, while higher 'sp_priority' indicates
lower priority of the credential).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to keep the separate local variable for tracking the
highest selected priority since we track a pointer to the selected
credential with that information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to limit the number of consecutive authentication
attempts to no more than 10 within a 10-minute interval to avoid
unnecessary load on the authentication server. In addition, use a random
component in the delay to avoid multiple stations hitting the same
timing in case of simultaneous disconnection from the network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Move excluded SSID filtering step to the end of credential validation
process and return list of BSSes that would otherwise have matching
credentials, but have an excluded SSID. Automatic network selection will
not select such a network, but interworking_connect command can be used
to pick excluded networks.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new credential parameter req_conn_capab can be used to specify
restrictions on roaming networks providing connectivity for a set of
protocols/ports.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new credential parameter max_bss_load can be used to specify
restrictions on BSS Load in the home network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new credential parameters min_{dl,ul}_bandwidth_{home,roaming} can
be used to specify restrictions on available backhaul bandwidth.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new provisioning_sp cred field can now be used to track which SP
provisioned the credential. This makes it easier to find the matching
PPS MO from the management tree (./Wi-Fi/<provisioning_sp>).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new wpa_cli fetch_osu command can be used to fetch information about
all OSU providers and write that to a text file with the icons in
separate files. cancel_osu_fetch command can be used to stop ongoing OSU
provider list fetch.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant can request OSU icon data with "hs20_icon_request <BSSID>
<icon filename>". This transmits an Icon Request ANQP element and
processes the response in Icon Binary File ANQP elements.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Subscription remediation notification WNM-Notification Request is now
shown in the following way in wpa_supplicant control interface:
<3>HS20-SUBSCRIPTION-REMEDIATION http://example.com/foo/
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The HS 2.0 Indication element from wpa_supplicant now includes the
release number field and wpa_supplicant shows the release number of the
AP in STATUS command (hs20=1 replaced with hs20=<release>).
The new update_identifier field in the cred block can now be used to
configure the PPS MO ID so that wpa_supplicant adds it to the Indication
element in Association Request frames.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new roaming_partner parameter within a cred block can be used to
configure priorities for roaming partners.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This parameter was actually used in some testing cases in a way that did
not really work well with the FLUSH command ending up disabling PMF.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, it would have been possible for the network to be marked
disabled and that marking to be ignored if a recoverable disconnection
reason event were processed. Avoid this by verifying network status
before trying to reconenct back to the same BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, any network block could be used to select the BSS to connect
to when processing scan results after Interworking network selection.
This can result in somewhat unexpected network selection in cases where
credential preferences indicated that a specific network was selected,
but another network ended up getting used for the connection. While the
older networks continue to be valid, add special processing for this
initial post-interworking-connect case to get more consistent network
selection to match with the Interworking network selection result.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_config_write() is defined as a dummy function even if actual
operation to write the configuration file are commented out from the
build. This cleans up the code a bit and removed a compiler warning on
set-only variable.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a copy-paste error in the function name in
wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process() documentation.
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
Add IPv6 support when using udp/udp-remote control interface using the
following new build configuration options:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote
This is useful for testing, while we don't need to assign IPv4 address
(static or using DHCP) and can just use auto configured IPv6 addresses
(link local, which is based on the MAC address). Also add scope id
support for link local case.
For example,
./wpa_cli
./wpa_cli -i ::1,9877
./wpa_cli -i fe80::203:7fff:fe05:69%wlan0,9877
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
It was possible for the connect or sme-connect radio work to get
re-scheduled while an earlier request was still pending, e.g.,
select_network is issued at the moment a scan radio work is in progress
and the old scan results are recent enough for starting the connection.
This could result in unexpected attempt to re-associate immediately
after completing the first connection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build option can now be used to build in module
tests into hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries. These test cases will be
used to get better testing coverage for various details that are
difficult to test otherwise through the control interface control. A
single control interface command is used to executed these tests within
the hwsim test framework. This commit adds just the new mechanism, but no
module tests are yet integrated into this mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It looks like discovery_dev_id test case can still fail and based on the
previously added debug prints, this is happening since the P2P module
believes it is not in Listen state even when a P2P_LISTEN was issued.
p2p_listen_cb() did not get called on remain-on-channel event for some
reason, so lets add more debug to find out why this can happen.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Suppose we have multiple peers and we have peers advertising SD
capability, but no services registered for advertising. In this case,
even if there are multiple broadcast queries set, we might end up
sending only the lastly added broadcast query to the same device (since
SD_INFO won't get set for the first broadcast query). Add support for
multiple wildcard queries to be tracked to enable this type of use
case.
Some times it is seen that before advancing to next device in the list,
the scan results come and update SD_SCHEDULE flag. This will result in
sending the already sent query to the same device without giving chance
to other devices. This issue again is seen with peer devices advertising
SD capability without any services registered.
Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
These can be used to disable TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 as a workaround for AAA
servers that have issues interoperating with newer TLS versions.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Using binutils >= 2.24.x and setting
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE/CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BDF causes both builds to fail with
"#error config.h must be included before this header" message.
Since version 2.24.x, the bfd header checks for PACKAGE and
PACKAGE_VERSION macros.
As suggested in http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14243
projects that use bfd and don't use autotools should define a PACKAGE
macro.
Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
Since P2P specification mandates P2P GO to support WMM-PS with legacy
STAs, enable this automatically if the driver indicates support for
U-APSD in AP mode. The "P2P_SET go_apsd 0" command can still be used to
disable this if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While testing rfkill blocking of a scanning interface, it
was seen that the ongoing scan never completes. This happens
since EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is discarded on a disabled interface.
Fix this and also other possible radio work completion issues
by removing all the radio works (including started) of the
disabled interface.
To be able to remove already started radio works, make their
callbacks be reentrant with deinit flag (when the work
is started), so each radio work should be able to handle
its own termination.
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
The more generic NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER is now used to report completed NFC
connection handover operations in either role and NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
did not have any implementation within wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The current nfcpy version does not support new WSC connection handover
message format and the handover server fails to process the request due
to a debug print. As a temporary workaround, override
HandoverServer::_process_request() with a version that avoids pretty()
print of the handover messages. This can be removed once nfcpy has been
updated to support the new format.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Initialize flag variable explicitly to avoid [-Wmaybeuninitialized]
compiler warning in wpas_p2p_verify_channel().
Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Memory allocated by calling function ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat()
was not freed on an error path int ctrl_iface BSS command.
Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
This uses the new nl80211 attributes to allow the connect command to
provide bssid and freq hints to the driver without limiting roaming to
the specific BSS/frequency. This can be used by drivers that perform
internal BSS selection (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) as a candidate
for initial association.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
p2p-nfc.py allowed an NFC Tag to be read and reported to wpa_supplicant
even in cases where it was explicitly asked to initiate negotiated
connection handover and return after completing this operation. The new
command line argument can be used to disable NFC Tag read operations
when a negotiated connection handover is expected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If wpa_supplicant reports a failure when trying to generate a handover
request, detect that before trying to decode the response as a hex
string.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P persistent connection may fail due to 802.11d channel change event
invalidating support of the operating frequency sent in the invitation
request, before receiving the invitation response. If the operating
frequency is invalid at the time the invitation response is processed
and there is no forced frequency provided by user, allow frequency
re-selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If P2P was disabled (e.g., due to driver not supporting it or through
p2p_disabled=1 configuration), setting Wi-Fi Display parameters could
result in segmentation fault when the WFD IE is updated without the P2P
module being initialized. Fix this by skipping the update if P2P module
is not in use. In addition, show Wi-Fi Display as disabled in "GET
wifi_display" and refuse to enable it with "SET wifi_display 1" if P2P
is not enabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() is only called for AP mode, so there is no
point in trying to address station (infra/IBSS) modes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit bd3a373767 added a mechanism to use
AP Channel attribute from within a Credential attribute to optimize
scans. However, this design is not actually used with the WPS NFC use
cases. With configuration token, the AP Channel attribute is in the same
container with the Credential attribute (and that was also handled in
the previous implementation). With connection handover, AP Channel
information is outside the Credential attribute as well.
Simplify implementation by removing the AP Channel within Credential
case. This allows wpas_wps_use_cred() to get the AP Channel from the
container instead of having to find this during credential iteration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
os_free has wfd_dev_info_hex as an argument which is defined within
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG
Signed-hostap: Prashanth Kumar <prashanthkumar.kr@globaledgesoft.com>
Commit 6ac4b15ef8 (wpa_radio work for
connection) caused a regression for cases where multiple auth_alg values
are set in a network block and wpa_supplicant-based SME is supposed to
iterate through them. The connection radio work was not terminated when
receiving authentication failure and this resulted in the following
authentication attempt failing.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
1. In wpa_config_process_bgscan() fix memory leak after
calling wpa_config_parse_string()
2. In hostapd_config_defaults(), on failure to allocate bss->radius,
conf->bss was not freed.
3. In p2p_deauth_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was not
freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
4. In p2p_disassoc_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was
not freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
5. In p2p_process_go_neg_conf(), memory allocated was not freed in
case that the P2P Device interface was not waiting for a
GO Negotiation Confirm.
6. In wpa_set_pkcs11_engine_and_module_path(), the wrong pointer was
checked.
Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Fix memory allocation in wpa_scan_clone_params(), where the
allocation request used the size of a pointer rather than the
size of the structure.
Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
This global configuration parameter was added in commit
800d58721c but the tab completion list for
the wpa_cli SET command in interactive mode was not updated.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This avoids issues with multiple instances of dnsmasq running, e.g.,
with one on eth0 and the other one for the P2P group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
nfcpy does not yet support all the new message formats, so some of the
pretty() calls can result in exceptions.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Fetch a carrier record from wpa_supplicant instead of full handover
request. This makes it easier for external programs to build handover
request messages with multiple alternative carriers.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the operation fails for any reason ("FAIL" response), it is cleaner
to return error clearly instead of hitting an exception in the hex
decoder.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be used to force an operating channel for P2P group formation
triggered by NFC operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These optional attributes, if present, can be used to speed up the
initial connection by using a single channel scan.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If CONFIG_WPS_TESTING=y is enabled in build configuration, the new
wps_corrupt_pkhash parameter (similar to wps_testing_dummy_cred) can be
used to request public key hash to be corrupted in all generated OOB
Device Password attributes. This can be used for testing purposes to
validate public key hash validation steps.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows NFC Configuration Token to indicate the current AP operating
channel, so that a single channel scan can be used to speed up the
initial connection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_s->current_bss was updated too late for the
wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config() call within
wpa_supplicant_select_config(). Re-order code so that current_bss gets
updated between current_ssid update and this call to set the WPA state
machine configuration, so that the new code that determines whether the
current GO support the new IP address assignment mechanism works.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a new P2P Invitation mechanism to invite a P2P Device with an
NFC Tag to an already operating group when the GO with NFC Device reads
the NFC Tag. The P2P Device with the NFC Tag will then accept invitation
and connect to the group automatically using its OOB Device Password.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" is used to enable the own NFC Tag for P2P, also
enable it for any running GO interface.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P Group ID can optionally be included in the connection handover
messages when acting as a P2P Client in a group. Add this information
and show it in the P2P-NFC-PEER-CLIENT event message.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When the NFC connection handover message received from a peer indicates
that the peer is operating as a GO on a specific channel, use that
information to avoid having to go through full scan. In addition, skip
the separate join-a-group scan since we already know the operating
channel, GO P2P Device Address, and SSID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The DH public and private key needs to be copied for the separate group
interface if that is used for a P2P group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since wpa_s->conf->wps_nfc_dh_* parameters can be set in number of code
paths, update the wps_context copy of the DH keys even if no new keys
were generated for the request. This tries to avoid some cases where
public key hash may not have matched the public key used in the ER
operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of automatically triggering a connection, provide an indication
of one of the devices being a P2P client to upper layers to allow user
to determine what to do next.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Send a P2P-NFC-BOTH-GO event to upper layers to determine what to
do in case both devices going through NFC connection handover are
already operating as a GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new mechanism allows P2P Client to request an IPv4 address from the
GO as part of the 4-way handshake to avoid use of DHCP exchange after
4-way handshake. If the new mechanism is used, the assigned IP address
is shown in the P2P-GROUP-STARTED event on the client side with
following new parameters: ip_addr, ip_mask, go_ip_addr. The assigned IP
address is included in the AP-STA-CONNECTED event on the GO side as a
new ip_addr parameter. The IP address is valid for the duration of the
association.
The IP address pool for this new mechanism is configured as global
wpa_supplicant configuration file parameters ip_addr_go, ip_addr_mask,
ip_addr_star, ip_addr_end. For example:
ip_addr_go=192.168.42.1
ip_addr_mask=255.255.255.0
ip_addr_start=192.168.42.2
ip_addr_end=192.168.42.100
DHCP mechanism is expected to be enabled at the same time to support P2P
Devices that do not use the new mechanism. The easiest way of managing
the IP addresses is by splitting the IP address range into two parts and
assign a separate range for wpa_supplicant and DHCP server.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The device with the NFC Tag can be configured to enable NFC to be used
with "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" and "P2P_LISTEN" commands to allow static
handover to be used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can be used to report static connection handover where
the connection handover select message was read from an NFC tag.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER {INIT,RESP} P2P <req> <sel>" can now be used to
report completed NFC negotiated connection handover in which the P2P
alternative carrier was selected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"NFC_GET_HANDOVER_{REQ,SEL} NDEF P2P-CR" can now be used to build P2P
alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover request/select
messages.
Static connection handover case can be enabled by configuring the DH
parameters (either with wps_nfc_* configuration parameters or with
WPS_NFC_TOKEN command at run time. The NFC Tag contents can be generated
with "NFC_GET_HANDOVER_SEL NDEF P2P-CR-TAG" after having configured
Listen channel (p2p_listen_reg_class/p2p_listen_channel).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
GO Negotiation needs to know which OOB Device Password ID is assigned
for the peer when NFC is used as the trigger.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
New functionality is needed for this with the update NFC connection
handover design that depends on the AP side using the public key hash
from the handover request.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new WPS connection handover select includes Registrar public key
hash instead of credential. Use the new information to start
abbreviated WPS handshake instead of configuring a new network directly
from the old Credential-from-NFC design.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is more useful to be able to build a single NFC carrier record
instead of the full connection handover request message to allow
external components to decide whether to negotiate which alternative
carrier is used. This updates the carrier record contents to the new
design to include Enrollee public key hash and provides this as a
carrier record instead of full message. An external program is expected
to be used to build the full NFC connection handover message with
potentially other alternative carrier records included.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the SSID of the WPS AP is known, it should be possible to limit AP
selection based on this when searching for an active WPS AP. This commit
adds a mechanism to specify SSID for this type of uses.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the Enrollee can now get the public key hash from the Registrar,
there is need to validate this during the WPS protocol run.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide local GO channel to the P2P module so that it can be used in
messages that indicate the current operating channel.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds a QCA vendor specific nl80211 event to allow the driver to
indicate a list of frequency ranges that should be avoided due to
interference or possible known co-existance constraints. Such
frequencies are marked as not allowed for P2P use to force groups to be
formed on different channels.
If a P2P GO is operating on a channel that the driver recommended not to
use, a notification about this is sent on the control interface and
upper layer code may decide to tear down the group and optionally
restart it on another channel. As a TODO item, this could also be changed
to use CSA to avoid removing the group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the global ctrl_iface can be used with IFNAME= prefix to send
commands to be processed by per-interface code, it should have the same
(well, close to same since the prefix takes some space) limits on
command length as the per-interface ctrl_iface. Increase the buffer from
256 to 4096 to achieve this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Conver Public Action
GAS queries to use Dual of Public Action frame if PMF has been
negotiated with the AP to which the frame is being sent.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Add support for this
different category of Action frames being used for GAS. The payload
after the Category field is identical, so the only change is in using
the Category field based on what was received in the request frames. For
backwards compatibility, do not enforce protected dual to be used on the
AP side, i.e., follow what the station does.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it more convenient for test scripts to change parameters for
a specific test case without having to separately clear them between
each test case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When start PNO request comes from control interface, wpa_supplicant
should wait until ongoing sched_scan (triggered by wpa_supplicant)
gets cancelled. Issuing cancel sched_scan and start PNO scan
one after another from pno_start() would lead wpa_supplicant to clear
wps->sched_scanning flag while getting sched_scan stopped event
from driver for cancel sched_scan request. In fact, PNO scan will
be in progress in driver and wpa_s->sched_scanning will not be set
in such cases.
In addition to this change, RSSI threshold limit is passed as part of
start sched_scan request. This was previously set only in pno_start(),
but the same parameter should be available for generic sched_scan calls
as well and this can now be reached through the new PNO start sequence.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Verify wpa_s->radio pointer before accessing it. If interface addition
fails, this could get called before wpa_s->radio has been set.
The segmentation fault details:
Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00000000004b9591 in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
5754 dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,
Call stack:
0 wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
1 wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface (wpa_s=0x77fff0, notify=0, terminate=0) at wpa_supplicant.c:3619
2 wpa_supplicant_add_iface (global=0x75db10, iface=0x7fffffffe270) at wpa_supplicant.c:3691
3 wpas_p2p_add_p2pdev_interface (wpa_s=0x75dd20) at p2p_supplicant.c:3700
4 main (argc=<optimized out>, argv=<optimized out>) at main.c:317
Function:
5750 void wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
5751 {
5752 struct wpa_radio_work *work, *tmp;
5753
5754 dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,
5755 struct wpa_radio_work, list) {
5756 struct wpa_external_work *ework;
5757
5758 if (os_strncmp(work->type, "ext:", 4) != 0)
Root cause:
(gdb) p wpa_s->radio
$1 = (struct wpa_radio *) 0x0
Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
Scan request failures are observed in wpa_supplicant debug log when
Android framework starts PNO scan in driver via ctrl interface command
'set pno 1' and wpa_supplicant also tries to issue a scan request after
PNO has started in the driver.
Some drivers may reject a normal scan request when PNO is already in
progress. wpa_supplicant should consider PNO status before issuing start
scan request to the driver. Otherwise, wpa_supplicant will get failures
from driver for the scan request and it will end up rescheduling scan
request in periodic interval and get a start scan request failure for
each attempt.
In order to avoid unnecessary scan attempt when PNO scan is already
running, PNO status is checked before issuing scan request to driver.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A P2P Device while in the Listen state waiting to respond for the
obtained group negotiation request shall give a fair chance for other
concurrent sessions to use the shared radio by inducing an idle time
between the successive listen states. However, if there are no
concurrent operations, this idle time can be reduced.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It should be noted that these commands are not exclusively used for P2P
or in the global context, so use of these commands through the global
control interface for operations that are specific to a single interface
have undefined behavior and that behavior may change in the future. As
such, these are recommend only for operations that are in the global
context (e.g., for P2P management).
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Use P2P GO's operating channel information, if known, to do a single
channel scan during the join operation.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
This patch resets the static interface_count to zero in case of
wpa_supplicant_driver_init() call for wpa_s which is in
INTERFACE_DISABLED state. This interface_count is used for the delay of
the scan which is now minimal for dynamically added interfaces. This may
collide with a scan for another interface, but the same is true for any
chosen delay in this scenario. Also the state change to DISCONNECTED is
moved to wpa_supplicant_driver_init() so it will move from
INTERFACE_DISABLED to INACTIVE when there are no enabled networks.
Tested-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Depending on the implementation, the scheduled scan may not give results
quickly when in DISCONNECTED state. This patch resets
wpa_s::normal_scans upon entering to the INTERFACE_DISABLED state so a
normal scan is assured upon going to DISCONNECTED state after the
interface has been re-enabled. This mainly solves a long reconnect time
observed upon repeated kernel driver reloads, i.e., third reload
resulted in a scheduled scan.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
The information of the peer's supported channel and operating class
is required for the driver to do TDLS off channel operations with a
compatible peer. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If we already know the SSID of the P2P group we are trying to join, use
that SSID to limit scan responses and BSS selection since we do not
really look for any other network in this case. In addition, this can
fix cases where the peer has just changed its SSID (e.g., started a new
group) and there may be multiple BSS entries for the same BSSID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
All te network blocks and credentials were already cleared, but
configurations blobs should also be cleared here, e.g., to get
more consistent behavior test cases using EAP-FAST PACs.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some EAP methods can go through a step that is expected to fail and as
such, should not trigger temporary network disabling when processing
EAP-Failure or deauthentication. EAP-WSC for WPS was already handled as
a special case, but similar behavior is needed for EAP-FAST with
unauthenticated provisioning.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout to
clear the state if WPS failure is detected during P2P group formation.
Allow the WPS exchange steps (WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure) to be completed
and remove the group to get rid of the extra wait.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
A TX status event could be received after the AP interface has already
been deinitialized. This needs to check for NULL pointer before trying
to indicate the event to AP functions.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, only the last response data was kept in memory. This
increases that to hold up to two last responses to allow some more
parallel operations to be requested. In addition, the response data is
now freed as soon as the external program has fetched it.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to limit which channels are scanned using the specified
list of frequency ranges in the same format that the SCAN command uses.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e2f5a9889a was supposed to prevent
new scan request from pushing out the old one. However, it did not
really do that since eloop_deplete_timeout() returned 0 both for the
case where the old timeout existed (and was sooner) and if the old
timeout did not exist. It returned 1 only for the case where an old
timeout did exist and was larger than the new requested value. That case
used to result in wpa_supplicant_req_scan() rescheduling the timeout,
but hew code in eloop_deplete_timeout() did the exact same thing and as
such, did not really change anything apart from the debug log message.
Extend the eloop_deplete_timeout() (and eloop_replenish_timeout() for
that matter since it is very similar) to return three different values
based on whether the timeout existed or not and if yes, whether it was
modified. This allows wpa_supplicant_req_scan() to schedule a new
timeout only in the case there was no old timeout.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new control interface command RADIO_WORK can be used by external
programs to request radio allocation slots from wpa_supplicant if
exclusive radio control is needed, e.g., for offchannel operations. If
such operations are done directly to the driver, wpa_supplicant may not
have enough information to avoid conflicting operations. This new
command can be used to provide enough information and radio scheduling
to avoid issues with such cases.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If an external program triggers a scan, wpa_supplicant does not have a
wpa_radio work item for this operation to protect against other
offchannel operations. This can result in operations failing, so try to
avoid damage by not starting any new wpa_radio work items during a scan
that was started by another process.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This type of protection against concurrent connection and scan
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This type of protection against concurrent connection and offchannel GAS
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Avoid concurrent GAS operations with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This replaces some of
the earlier constraints on concurrent operations with the more generic
wpa_radio work concept.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Avoid concurrent P2P Listen operations with any other exclusive use of
the radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some
of the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Avoid concurrent P2P scan requests with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some of
the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new radio work item concept can be used to request time for an
operation that requires exclusive radio control, e.g., a scan. Once the
radio is available, the registered callback function will be called.
radio_work_done() must be called once the exclusive radio operation has
been completed, so that the radio is freed for other operations. The
special case of deinit=1 is used to free the context data during
interface removal. That does not allow the callback function to start
the radio operation, i.e., it needs to free the allocated resources
and return.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_s->scan_res_handler is set only for cases where a scan operation is
requested for a specific purpose. As such, this callback should only be
called when a scan result from a scan that was triggered by
wpa_supplicant is processed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The newer wpa_dbg() print includes the same information in a more
convenient form, so remove the duplicate RX ctrl_iface hexdump in the
cases where there is no key material in the control interface commands
(the possible-key-material case is still using wpa_hexdump_ascii_key).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_drv_scan() success case was supposed to clear
wpa_s->clear_driver_scan_cache, not params->only_new_results (which
would do nothing here).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Track set_key operations per-key index and clear keys on disconnection
only if the key was set (or may have been set which is the case for the
first operation after wpa_supplicant start).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the BSS table within wpa_supplicant is flushed, request the driver to
flush its own scan result table during the next scan. This can avoid
unexpected old BSS entries showing up after BSS_FLUSH or FLUSH command
in cases where the driver may maintain its internal cache of scan
results (e.g., cfg80211 BSS table persists at least for 15 seconds).
In addition to doing this automatically on BSS_FLUSH/FLUSH, a new SCAN
command argument, only_new=1, can be used to request a manual scan
request to do same. Though, it should be noted that this maintains the
BSS table within wpa_supplicant. BSS_FLUSH followed by SCAN command can
be used to clear all BSS entries from both the driver and
wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These old driver wrappers have been removed quite some time ago, but
some of the build configuration notes were still describing how they
are configured.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The 100 ms timeout to clear WPS state after EAP-Failure has been
received worked otherwise fine, but it opened a race condition on
another WPS operation starting within that wait. If that happens, the
timeout will cancel that new operation unexpectedly. Fix this by
cancelling the timeout from wpas_clear_wps().
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The P2P_PRESENCE_REQ command did not give any easily available
indication of the response received from the GO. Make this more useful
by providing such response (if received) as a ctrl_iface monitor event
(P2P-PRESENCE-RESPONSE).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These were somewhat more hidden to avoid direct use, but there are now
numerous places where these are needed and more justification to make
the extern int declarations available from wpa_debug.h. In addition,
this avoids some warnings from sparse.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
WPA_CIPHER_* and CIPHER_* are used for the exact same set of cipher
suites with the main difference being that the WPA_CIPHER_* version is
suitable to be used as a bitfield. Similarly, WPA_KEY_MGMT_* and
KEY_MGMT_* have similar design for AKMs. There is no need to maintain
two separate copies of the definitions since the bitfield compatible
version can be used for both needs. Get rid of the CIPHER_* and
KEY_MGMT_* versions to clean up the implementation by getting rid of
unnecessary mapping functions.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new cred block parameter 'temporary' can be used to indicate that a
cred block is not to be saved to wpa_supplicant configuration file
(e.g., "SET_CRED 0 temporary 1"). This is similar to the concept of
temporary network blocks and allows cred blocks to be managed outside
the wpa_supplicant config file when other parameters are still saved to
the file written by wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The option of handling upper layer P2P management operations within the
driver/firmware was originally planned to be used with wpa_supplicant,
but this has not really happened and there is no clear sign of this
being needed in the near term either. This functionality has not been
completed and it is certainly not being kept up-to-date or tested. As
such, it is best to remove it for now and if this or something similar
is needed in the future, it can be brought back once a clear need for it
has been demonstrated first.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, the shorter scan interval was already in use for the
connection following the provisioning step, but same optimization can
also be used for the pre-provisioning scan.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The earlier changes to buffer EAPOL frames when not associated to avoid
race conditions (especially commit
3ab35a6603 but maybe something even before
that) broke PeerKey 4-way handshake. Fix this by using a separate check
before the race condition workaround to process PeerKey 4-way handshake
EAPOL-Key messages differently.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
P802.11-REVmc clarifies that the Target BSSID field is always present
hen status code is zero, so match that requirement.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit adds few more debug prints to log the RSSI information from
the scanned BSSIDs and the current connected BSSID when comparing
neighbor results during WNM Transition Management Request processing.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, WPS credential provisioning removed duplicated network
entries only if they had identicical SSID, security parameters, and the
keys. However, it is possible that the AP has changes its keys and
leaving the old entry behind can result in connectibity issues (e.g.,
with 4-way handshake failing due to use of the old PSK). Fix this by
allowing the old network entry to be removed even if the keys
(passphrase, PSK, WEP keys) are different.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it easier to enable various testing parameters and
functionality in build configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the AP is expected to be available, there is no need to wait for
the full five second wait between scans during WPS connection. This
speeds up cases where the first scan misses the AP for some reason.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It may not always be desirable to trigger reassociation or network
change based on scan results from externally to wpa_supplicant trigger
scan operations. Skip network selection and roaming determination if the
received scan result is known to be triggered by something external to
wpa_supplicant. The control interface SCAN command can be used to
request wpa_supplicant to determine the best network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This avoids some unnecessary attempts to request the driver to start a
scan while it is still busy with the scan operation that was started by
an external program.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows users of wpa_supplicant control interface to figure out when
their specific scan command has been started and completed. For example:
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED
> scan freq=2412,2417 passive=1 use_id=1
3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED id=3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS id=3
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows external programs to request wpa_supplicant to execute
a passive scan (i.e., do not send any Probe Request frames).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This parameter was not really used for anything else apart from a debug
message in the same function that set it. In addition, cfg80211 returns
the set of scanned frequencies even for the full scan, so the code that
was setting this conditionally on frequency list not being there was not
really ever entered either.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new freq=<frequency ranges> parameter to the SCAN command can be
used to request a scan to be performed on the specified set of channels
instead of on all channels. For example, "wpa_cli scan
freq=2400-2500,5180" would scan channels 1-14 and 36. Only the channels
that the driver indicates as enabled and that are within the specified
ranges are included in the request.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In addition, update build rules to compile object files in the same
directory as the source code file if CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y is set to
make lcov find the source code files.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use an array of ciphers and a loop instead of copy-pasted copies of the
same printing functionality for each cipher.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In wpa_supplicant_terminate_proc(), while iterating and
terminating interfaces, after an interface is terminated,
we can no longer access its memory as it is no longer valid
and causes a crash.
Fix this by saving the pointer to the next interface before freeing
the current one to avoid accessing an invalid memory location.
Signed-hostap: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
This just serves to check if there was a scan within
the last 5 seconds, hence it should use monotonic time.
While at it, also use os_reltime_expired().
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is only used for a debug message, but that message prints
the time since the last attempt, so it should use monotonic
time instead of wall clock.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The MMIC failure code should use monotonic time to check
whether 60 seconds have elapsed or not. For type-safety,
use struct os_reltime for the timestamp variable, and
also convert to using os_reltime_expired().
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Temporarily disabled networks are disabled for a certain
duration, so the code should use monotonic time.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
GO activation can fail if the first client doesn't connect
within a certain time, but this should not be dependent on
wall time -- use monotonic time instead.
While at it, use os_reltime_expired().
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reinit detection skips reinit when the time since the own
authentication frame TX is less than half a second, so it shouldn't
be affected by wall time and use monotonic time instead.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The EAPOL RX workaround checks that the events are less than 100 ms
apart, so only uses relative times and should use monotonic time.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The bgscan simple and learn algorithms should run regardless
of wall clock time jumps, so make them use monotonic time.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The BSS table, scan timeout, and related functionality should use
monotonic time since they care about relative values (age) only.
Unfortunately, these are all connected, so the patch can't be split
further. Another problem with this is that it changes the driver wrapper
API. Though, it seems only the test driver is using this.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The SA query timeout is just a regular timeout (currently
hard-coded to 1000 TU), so use monotonic time for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bgscan_learn_get_probe_freq() starts from returning the second entry in
the supp_freqs arrays. Change its logic a bit to make it start from the
first entry.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
In case the initial signal level of the associated BSS was above the
given threshold, bgscan_learn module would begin using the
short_interval but never switch to the long_interval as there would be
no signal change event. Make the init code poll for the current signal
level and set scan_interval accordingly. This logic exists in
bgscan_simple but was missing in bgscan_learn.
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Some hw modes (e.g., 11b and 11g) contain the same frequencies,
causing the supp_freqs array to be populated with redundant entries.
Check for the existence of the freq before adding it.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Stopping bgscan on any state other than COMPLETED results
in bgscan reset (stop + start) on every rekeying operation.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Do not assume the driver supports QoS Mapping, but instead, advertise
support for this only if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is defined and driver
indicates support for configuring QoS Map.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 202dec2a94 introduced a never
ending loop for a case where a single wpa_supplicant process is used
with multiple radios. Fix this by advancing the iface pointer properly
to the next interface in the loop until a NULL pointer is hit.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.
Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Based on priority, remove the connection with least priority whenever
a frequency conflict is detected.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
This field allows adds enough information into the P2P-DEVICE-FOUND
events to figure out if the peer supports Wi-Fi Display.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Allow addition static and shared libraries to be specified from the
eap_proxy_*.mk file for Android build. In addition use $(LOCAL_PATH) as
a prefix for that Android makefile part.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
struct wpa_radio is used as a shared data structure between all struct
wpa_supplicant instances that share the same physical radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
An INTERFACE_DISABLED event received on an interface that is
currently operating a P2P GO means that the group session ended.
In such a case, if the interface was dynamically added remove it, and
if not, remove all the network blocks that are temporary, assuming
that if needed a new session will be started by an external entity.
The use case was triggering rfkill (both SW and HW). This case popped up
as part of a testing cycle, where after a toggle in the rfkill state,
the result was that the interface was not deleted, but on the other hand
the wpa_supplicant did not configure the kernel to re-start the AP
functionality again.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
On scan results event if a concurrent P2P scan was triggered previously,
scan results processing is canceled, p2p_find executed, and a new sta
scan is triggered (pending scan). However, this new sta scan does not
restore the scan_req value of the previous scan (whose scan result has
been canceled).
If we are currently connected to an AP and use ap_scan=2, the new
triggered scan will cause an associtation-without-scan in
wpa_supplicant_scan:
(ap_scan == 2 & scan_req != MANUAL_SCAN_REQ)
=> wpa_supplicant_assoc_try()
causing an association error and a disconnection.
This patch fixes this issue by restoring the previous scan_req value.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loicx.poulain@intel.com>
This is a mechanism used in Android to extend driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This is included only for the purpose of Android
compatibility. Proper interface commands should be used for any new
functionality.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Relative time shouldn't be calculated based on gettimeofday
because that clock can jump (e.g., when the time is adjusted
by the system administrator.)
On systems where that is available, use CLOCK_BOOTTIME (on
fairly recent Linux systems, this clock takes into account
the time spend suspended) or CLOCK_MONOTONIC (on Linux and
some POSIX systems, this clock is just freely running with
no adjustments.)
Reported-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scan initiated from wps_nfc command context was ketp on
getting rescheduled due to an on-going scheduled scan. So
cancel sched_scan before issuing a reassociation scan.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
The shorter 250 ms wait for the next scan request can be used also for
the case of persistent group re-invocation instead of just formation of
a new group. This speeds up the process and makes this more robust
especially in cases where the GO is using MCC.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The QoS Map Set element was passed in full to the driver instead of just
the payload of the element. This resulted in the updated QoS Map being
rejected. Validate the element id/len and send only the payload to the
driver.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Only force_freq was used in the wpas_p2p_set_own_freq_preference() call
which allowed the P2P module channel re-selection to ignore the
preference for using a channel we are already using. Fix this by setting
either force_freq or pref_freq as the preference based on which one is
set. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq parameter to be used whether to
prefer the shared frequency in this case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to use wpas_p2p_num_unused_channels() here in the
default configuration of p2p_ignore_sahred_freq=0, so re-order the
conditions to skip that operation. This is a bit more efficient and the
debug log is also a bit cleaner in the default case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used when inviting a peer to re-invoke a persistent
group. This case needs special handling since the peer's channel list is
not available to perform channel reselection and the operating channel
indicated in the Invitation Request frames ends up getting used as the
operating channel if the transmitted of that frames becomes the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used during processing of an Invitation Request. Fix
that case to use channel preference instead of channel forcing if free
channels are available. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 case to
ignore the preference.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is confusing to talk about current operating channels being
unavailable for P2P when there are no current operating channels. Make
the debug message easier to understand.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is clearer if there is only a single loop of the channel list and
shared debug prints. In addition, the note about current operating
channels not being available is quite confusing if there are no
operating group, so make that part of the message conditional.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 0d08efa447 modified
wpas_p2p_setup_freqs() design to use number of MCC channels capability
from the driver. However, it resulted in regression on how the preferred
vs. forced channel selection is done in the case of a MCC device.
force_freq was set unconditionally even though this was supposed to be
done only if no additional channels are available. pref_freq needs to be
used when possible to avoid preventing connection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
While starting from PNO start context, the scheduled scan was not
setting the flag wpa_s->scanning. This was resulting in the subsequent
SCAN command to proceed further and send command to nl80211/cfg80211.
The expected behavior of cancelling sched_scan was not happening here.
While sched_scan is in progress and a legacy scan comes on the
cli/socket, the sched_scan is cancelled and normal scan is allowed to
continue. However, sometimes sched_scan cancelled event comes a bit
delayed and we will send out the scan command before the wpa_s->scanning
is cleared. Instead, reschedule the incoming scan req if the
wpa_s->scanning shows that it is still in progress.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Add chan_switch to the control interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd,
and also to wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Build CSA settings and call the driver to perform the switch. Construct
Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response frames both for CSA
period and for the new channel. These frames are built based on the
current configuration. Add CSA IE in Beacon and Probe Response frames.
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Add csa_settings struct which holds parameters for CSA. Change driver
interface for switch_channel(), so that it will receive this struct and
not only the new frequency as it was before. This allows wpa_supplicant
to provide all the required parameters (beacons, proberesp, assocresp,
CSA IE) which are required by cfg80211 implementation.
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
This was supposed to be a minimal sample of eloop wrapper, but it is
unclear whether this is of that much use and the file has not been kept
up-to-date. Remove this file to reduce maintenance effort. The other
eloop*.c files can be used as a starting point if something new is
needed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This triggers re-transmission of CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED events on STATUS command for Android framework
specific processing.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Commit eb32460029 left an unneeded
sim_type argument to scard_init(). Remove that unnecessary argument to
clean up the implementation.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Add DBus methods for TDLS operations similar to those available
for the control interface. This includes Discover, Setup, and
Teardown commands. While here, add a method to query the TDLS
link status and add a DBus method for it.
Tested with CONFIG_TDLS enabled, on a TDLS-enabled host and
peer capable of TDLS:
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>
yields: string "peer does not exist"
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSDiscover string:<peer-mac-address>
yields no error
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSSetup string:<peer-mac-address>
yields no error
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>
yields: string "connected" after TDLS completes
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSTeardown string:<peer-mac-address>
yields no error
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>
yields: string "peer not connected"
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Request new scan only for the interface for which the original scan
request and results has come. Otherwise while sharing scan results along
with P2P interfaces, the new scan will be requested on P2P interfaces.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Since eloop_deplete_timeout() is doing practically same in
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(), revert the old mechanism from commit
7e1488494e to avoid unnecessary work in
this function.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
During persistent group re-invocation, GO may end up using a different
channel as the operation channel compared to what was indicated in the
invitation frames. This may break the connection if the peer device ends
up scanning the GO only on the channel from the invitation frame. Fix
this by using the negotiated channel (if available) on the GO as the
operating channel instead of the channel that was provided in the
p2p_invite command to start negotiation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are use cases requesting the host driver to initiate the TDLS
setup with the peer only when configured by the external applications.
Thus, enable this control by tdls_external_control=1 and pass the
requisite information for the specific TDLS operation to the driver
on the request from such use cases.
This operation mode expects the driver to initiate TDLS link
automatically based on signal strength and traffic to a peer and tear
down links whenever they are not used or suitable due to signal strength
etc. The list of peers with which such operations are to be performed
are provided with the TDLS driver operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is a better way of matching P2P groups based on the unique P2P
Device Address (e.g., from P2P Group ID) and SSID pair instead of using
the not necessarily unique P2P Interface Address.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to parse the IE buffer again to find the SSID of the
BSS since that information is already stored in struct wpa_bss.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a BSS is disallowed temporarily with disallow_aps, the network
connection is going to fail. As such, there is not much point in
allowing Interworking network selection to try to connect with such BSS.
As such, do not consider disallowed networks for automatic network
selection and reject requests to connect to them through
INTERWORKING_CONNECT.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Do not add multiple network blocks for the same network from a single
credential. INTERWORKING_CONNECT used to generate a new network block
for each instance regardless of what network blocks have already been
configured. While this allows the connection to go through, it is not
efficient to leave behind potentially large number of network blocks
with the same contents (or worse, changed contents). Address this by
removing an older network block for the same credential before adding a
new one.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If we are already connected to the selected AP with a network block
that was created based on the selected credential, do not force a
reconnection or network block update.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This prints out get_shared_radio_freqs() results and related information
from P2P operations to make debug logs more helpful for figuring out
issues related to multi-channel concurrency.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When trying to choose a frequency that can be used for GO instantiation,
properly check if there are free channels that can be used.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
The idx variable was mistakenly set to 0 at the beginning of the
interface iteration. This could result in the operating channel of the
interface calling the function from being removed from the returned
frequency array if other interfaces were operating.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
This option can be used to globally configure bgscan parameters
for all the network blocks.
Note that this configuration will not override a network block
specific bgscan settings, but will only be used in case that
the network block does not have a valid bgscan configuration.
Signed-hostap: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Try to read the IMSI values through the eap_proxy layer for Interworking
functionality again if the value was not available at startup.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of regressions had shown up in wpa_supplicant implementation of
SAE group selection due to different integer array termination (-1 in
hostapd, 0 in wpa_supplicant) being used for SAE groups. The
default_groups list did not seem to use any explicit termination value.
In addition, the sae_group_index was not cleared back to 0 properly
whenever a new SAE session was started.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
It was possible for the wpa_s->show_group_started and wpa_s->go_params
to be left set when a P2P group was removed before group formation had
completed. In case a separate P2P group interface was not used, this
could rsult in all future scans using the hardcoded DIRECT-* SSID and as
such, not find the network they were trying to find. Fix this by
clearing these P2P parameters on group removal.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It can be useful to see whether the specific P2P SSID was used for scan
based on p2p_in_provisioning or show_group_started when debugging issues
where this case shows up unexpectedly.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When removing and re-adding the first wlan# netdev to hostapd
dynamically, the netdev is already present and should not be removed and
re-added to maintain its state as not-added-by-hostapd so that it does
not get removed automatically.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpas_p2p_setup_channels function uses the per interface information
(wpa_s->hw.modes) for setting up the available channel list for P2P
operation, but if a separate P2P interface is used (e.g., p2p0 on
Android), the wpa_s instance for that interface may not get an updated
channel list. This can result in some operations, like "P2P_SET
disallow_freq", using old channel list information (e.g., world roaming
information with passive-scan/no-ibss flags) which was initialized
during the start-up. This could result in P2P functionality using
conflicting or obsolete channel information.
To resolve this issue, update channel list information on regulatory
change events to all of the virtual interfaces sharing the same phy for
which the event is received.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it more convenient to move BSS configuration entries between
struct hostapd_config instances to clean up per-BSS configuration file
design.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows sp_type={home,roaming,unknown} to be used to determine
network type with SIM-based credentials even if the domain name
parameter is not configured explicitly.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit ca9bc5b566 added wpas_conf_ap_vht()
as a static function with the caller within CONFIG_IEEE80211N, but the
function outside. This resulted in a compiler warning for wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P builds when CONFIG_IEEE80211N=y was not used. Fix that by using
matching conditional block around the function.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Start GO with VHT support if VHT option was requested
and the appropriate channels are available.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Add the option to ask for VHT operation similarly to the way ht40 is
configured - either by adding 'vht' param to the relevant p2p_*
commands or by configuring p2p_go_vht=1 in the configuration file.
This patch only adds the configuration option (e.g., via control
interface). The actual handling of the VHT parameter (asking the driver
to use VHT, etc.) will be done by the following patch.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
In order to support P2P GO with 11ac support, add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC
config option support to the Makefile.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Both of these variables can result in optimized WPS scans, so better
clear these more consistently to avoid unexpected single-channel scans.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was forgotten from the previous commit which allowed some cases to
trigger single-channel scan incorrectly if an optimized WPS scan had not
yet been completed at the time network selection was started.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Make sure special optimized scans (like WPS-single-channel or
sched_scan) do not get used during the network selection scan. This
could have been hit in cases where a previous operation has been stopped
in a state where special scan parameters were going to be used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new p2p_add_cli_chan=1 configuration parameter can be used to
request passive-scan channels to be included in P2P channel lists for
cases where the local end may become the P2P client in a group. This
allows more options for the peer to use channels, e.g., if the local
device is not aware of its current location and has marked most channels
to require passive scanning.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new p2p_no_go_freq frequency range list (comma-separated list of
min-max frequency ranges in MHz) can now be used to configure channels
on which the local device is not allowed to operate as a GO, but on
which that device can be a P2P Client. These channels are left in the
P2P Channel List in GO Negotiation to allow the peer device to select
one of the channels for the cases where the peer becomes the GO. The
local end will remove these channels from consideration if it becomes
the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_s->conf cannot be NULL because wpa_supplicant_init_iface() would not
allow wpa_supplicant_add_iface() to return wpa_s instance in such state.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 2e5ba4b6d1 moved this to a function
and updated one of the os_snprintf() calls to use the len parameter, but
forgot the other one.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Trying to access the SIM card details without checking if the eap_proxy
layer has been initialized can results in a crash. Address this by
sending the request for the IMSI through eapol_supp_sm.c which can
verify that eap_proxy has been initialized.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for there to be two pending off-channel TX frames, e.g.,
when two devices initiate GO Negotiation at more or less the same time.
This could result in the TX status report for the first frame clearing
wpa_s->pending_action_tx that included the newer frame that has not yet
been transmitted (i.e., is waiting to be sent out). Avoid losing that
frame by confirming that the TX status payload matches the pending frame
before clearing the pending frame and reporting the TX status callback.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
DISCONNECT followed by ENABLE_NETWORK ended up starting a scan for a new
connection due to wpa_supplicant_enable_one_network() setting
wpa_s->reassociate = 1. This was done regardless of wpa_s->disconnected
being 1 which should imply that wpa_supplicant should not try to connect
before asked explicitly with REASSOCIATE or RECONNECT.
Fix this by making ENABLE_NETWORK setting of reassociate = 1 and
starting of scans for connection conditional on wpa_s->disconnected ==
0. This will make ENABLE_NETWORK trigger a connection only if
wpa_supplicant is already in a state where it would try to connect if
there are any enabled networks.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
To disallow roaming when a scan request's results are read, callers
of the D-Bus Scan() method may add a new "AllowRoam" boolean key
to the scan options dictionary and set that key's value to FALSE.
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
If a scan is currently running and the scan interval is changed, a
second scan will be started before the current has finished. This will
in turn, if no networks are configured, cause wpa_s->state to be
forced to WPA_INACTIVE before the first scan has finished.
Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Need to use the pointer to the current ongoing query instead of matching
from the pending list based on the destination address so that we get
the correct query instance when processing the TX status report.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
These operations can have conflicting offchannel requirements, so wait
with a new scan trigger until a pending GAS query has been completed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Offchannel operations needed for a GAS query can conflict with ongoing
scan/connection progress, so delay GAS queries if such an operation is
in progress on the current interface or any virtual interface sharing
the same radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It would be possible to issue another GAS query when a previous one is
still in progress and this could result in conflicting offchannel
operations. Prevent that by delaying GAS query initiation until the
previous operation has been completed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes it less likely to forget WPS single-channel scan optimization
in effect after having completed the WPS operation or in case WPS
operating gets cancelled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When a GO or P2P Client invites a peer device to join an already
operating group, the Operating Channel in Invitation Request needs to be
forced to the current operating channel of the group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_printf() does not need '\n' so remove the extra newline. In
addition, drop the priority of this message from MSG_INFO to MSG_DEBUG
since this is in no way exceptional operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes it easier to debug issues related to selecting GO information
from the latest updated BSS table entry.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use similar mechanism to CONFIG_PCSC=y case to set the IMSI and MNC
length for eap_proxy. This allows automatic 3GPP realm comparison
against the domain list.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new configuration parameter external_sim=<0/1> can now be used to
configure wpa_supplicant to use external SIM/USIM processing (e.g., GSM
authentication for EAP-SIM or UMTS authentication for EAP-AKA). The
requests and responses for such operations are sent over the ctrl_iface
CTRL-REQ-SIM and CTRL-RSP-SIM commands similarly to the existing
password query mechanism.
Changes to the EAP methods to use this new mechanism will be added in
separate commits.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is needed to avoid issues with control interface commands that
could request BSS list during an eapol_test run. wpa_cli tries to update
its internal BSS list and that could trigger eapol_test crashes without
this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is what the original implementation did years ago, but the move to
using separate control interface backends re-ordered the implementation
to process EAPOL notification first. Use a registered timeout to allow
the ctrl_iface response to be sent out first to get somewhat faster
response time and to avoid pending operations that could result in
ctrl_iface response and unsolicited event messages from getting mixed
up.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The eap_param_needed callback was forgotten from eapol_test and this
prevented external EAP request processing through ctrl_iface from being
tested.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_s->global is now dereferenced in number of places and at least one
of them hits in eapol_test cases. Fix issues with this by setting the
global pointer to empty data.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows credentials to be limited from being used to connect to a
network unless the AP advertises a matching roaming consortium OI.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allow GAS operations to be fine-tuned based what happens with GAS
query TX. Failed queries are timed out immediately and acknowledged
queries are given some more time to account for possible TX queue
latencies.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Indicate support for QoS Mapping and configure driver to update the QoS
Map if QoS Map Set elements is received from the AP either in
(Re)Association Response or QoS Map Configure frame.
This commit adds support for receiving the frames with nl80211 drivers,
but the actual QoS Map configuration command is still missing.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allow domain_suffix_match to be specified for a cred block and then
get this copied for the network blocks generated from this credential as
part of Interworking network selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Credentials can now be configured with more than one FQDN ('domain'
field in the cred block) to perform Domain Name List matching against
multiple home domains.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new domain_suffix_match (and domain_suffix_match2 for Phase 2
EAP-TLS) can now be used to specify an additional constraint for the
server certificate domain name. If set, one of the dNSName values (or if
no dNSName is present, one of the commonName values) in the certificate
must have a suffix match with the specified value. Suffix match is done
based on full domain name labels, i.e., "example.com" matches
"test.example.com" but not "test-example.com".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add DFS structures/events handlers, CAC handling, and radar detection.
By default, after radar is detected or the channel became unavailable, a
random channel will be chosen.
This patches are based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Most of the DFS code is moved to a new dfs.c/dfs.h
files.
Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
wpa_config_write_key_mgmt has a buffer size of 50. This is not enough
to fit the longest case. I used a network with "WPA-PSK WPA-EAP
WPA-NONE" and CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y + CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y to produce
a string longer than 50 chars. Increase the buffer size to 100 to
prevent truncated output.
Truncated output is not the only problem. If the buffer end is
reached when adding certain key mgmt types the function does not
return immediately. This leaves pos > end. When a second os_sprintf
is called the calculation of end - pos yields a large positive
number for buffer size. End result is a write beyond the buffer end.
Fix this by bailing out if buffer end is reached.
Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Cancel scheduled scan (if any) before attempting to scan for the newly
received configuration/credential in WPS NFC Config token case.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
P2P-GROUP-STARTED event depends on having enough information about the
group available. To avoid incomplete information from being delivered to
upper layers, do not accept scan results without P2P IE (e.g., from a
non-P2P scan) for P2P client association process. This can be of use for
some join-a-group cases where non-P2P scans have generated the BSS entry
for the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P IE may be available from a Beacon frame from a GO even if we have
not yet received a Probe Response frame with P2P IE from that GO. Since
all the needed information for determining the GO's P2P Device Address
and group capabilities are available, use that information instead of
displaying incomplete group information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes some P2P-join-a-group cases where GO may have been discovered
based on passive scan or non-P2P scan. P2P IEs may have been received
from a Beacon frame in such a case and that information can be used to
create a P2P peer entry, e.g., to allow provision discovery exchange to
be completed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible that a P2P GO has been discovered through a non-P2P scan
that did not return P2P IE in Probe Response frames. To cover those
cases, check also Beacon frame (if received) for P2P IE.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This could happen when non-P2P station interface runs a scan without P2P
IE in the Probe Request frame. P2P GO would reply to that with a Probe
Response that does not include P2P IE. Do not update the IEs in this BSS
entry to avoid such loss of information that may be needed for P2P
operations to determine group information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a group was removed before the wait for the first client had timed
out and the client had not yet connected, p2p_go_wait_client could have
been left set and with that, scan operations could be unnecessarily
delayed. This fixes some undesired delays from commit
c1c0b35fea.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 41f853235f extends group formation
timeout for the first data connection to complete and resets
p2p_go_group_formation_completed flag due to which p2p_in_provisioning
and p2p_group_formation flags are not cleared when
wpas_group_formation_completed() is called. This can result in both
station scan and p2p_find failures in the case where separate P2P group
interface is not used and the client does not complete 4-way handshake.
Fix this by clearing p2p_group_formation and p2p_in_provisioning when
such a P2P group is deleted.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add Extended Capabilities element to association request only if the AP
included this element in Beacon/Probe Response frames. This is a
workaround to address interoperability issues with some older APs that
do not seem to be able to handle Extended Capabilities element in
(Re)Association Request frames.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Update the p2p_go_wait_client timestamp in p2p_go_configured() to
address the case where the group is set up without the provisioning
step.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Making this function be used only for external setup case simplifies the
implementation and makes core wpa_supplicant calls in ctrl_iface.c and
events.c consistent.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Linux capabilities cap_net_admin and cap_net_raw can be used to replace
need for running wpa_supplicant as a root process.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
STATUS-DRIVER command can now be used to fetch driver interface status
information. This is mainly for exporting low-level driver interface
information for debug purposes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
no_ctrl_interface parsing was declared within ifdef CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE
block, so the parser function needs to be marked similarly.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to override previously set ctrl_interface value in a
way that clears the variable to NULL instead of empty string. The only
real use case for this is to disable per-interface ctrl_interface from
the additional control file (-I<file>) in case ctrl_interface was set in
the main configuration file. It should be noted that zero-length
ctrl_interface parameter can be used to initiate some control interface
backends, so simpler designs were not available for this.
The format of the new parameter is not exactly cleanest due to
configuration file parsing assumptions. For example:
ctrl_interface=....
no_ctrl_interface=
would end up with ctrl_interface=NULL.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When the BSS table is being updated based on new scan results, a BSS
entry could end up getting added into last_scan_res list multiple times
if the scan results from the driver includes duplicated values. This
should not happen with driver_nl80211.c since it filter outs duplicates,
but in theory, other driver wrappers could indicate such scan results.
Anyway, it is safer to make sure this cannot happen by explicitly
verifying the last_scan_res list before adding an updated BSS entry
there. A duplicated entry in the list could potentially result in freed
memory being used if there is large enough number of BSSes in the scan
results to cause removal of old BSS entries.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If there are large number of BSSes in the scan results, BSS table update
could have added a BSS entry to the last_scan_res in a case where that
BSS entry got just deleted. This would happen only if there are more
than bss_max_count (by default 200) BSSes and if at least bss_max_count
of those BSSes are known (match a configured network). In such a case,
wpa_bss_add() could end up allocating a new BSS entry and return a
pointer to that entry even if it was the one that ended up getting freed
to keep the BSS table length within the limit. This could result in
freed memory being used and the process crashing (likely with segfault)
when trying to access information from that BSS entry.
Fix the issue by removing the oldest BSS entry before linking the new
entry to the table. This makes sure the newly added entry will never get
picked up as the one to be deleted immediately.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully re-invoked after
starting beaconing on successful invitation exchange. This would leave
the group running until idle timeout (which may not be enabled) or
explicit removal if the client fails to connect for any reason. Since
the client is expected to connect immediately after the invitation
exchange that ends with status=0 (i.e., either client initiated the
exchange or it responded with success), extend group formation timeout
to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within
P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO_REINVOKE (15) seconds.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully formed at the completed
of WPS provisioning step. This would leave the group running until idle
timeout (which may not be enabled) or explicit removal if the client
fails to connect for any reason. Since the client is expected to connect
immediately after the WPS provisioning step, extend group formation
timeout to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO (10)
seconds.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Killing the wpa_supplicant process or using TERMINATE ctrl_iface command
resulted in the process existing without cleaning up possibly added
dynamic P2P group interfaces. Clean this up by stopping each P2P group
before stopping eloop.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, wpa_msg_register_cb() was called only from successful
completion of per-interface control interface initialization. This would
leave the callback unregistered in case only the global control
interface is used which would result in not delivering control interface
events on the global interface. Fix this by registering the callback
handler also from successful initialization of the global control
interface.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface clients are misbehaving and refusing to
read replies or event messages from wpa_supplicant, the single socket
used in wpa_supplicant to send messages can reach the maximum send
buffer limit. When that happens, no more responses to any client can be
sent. Work around this by closed and reopening the socket in case such a
failure state is detected. This is obviously not desirable since it
breaks existing connected sockets, but is needed to avoid leaving
wpa_supplicant completely unable to respond to any client. Cleaner fix
for this may require more considerable changes in the ctrl_iface design
to move to connection oriented design to allow each client to be handled
separately and unreachability to be detected more reliably.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Prepare reply buffer first for all cases and then use a single sendto()
call instead of three calls depending on reply type. This allows simpler
error handling for control interface send operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The interval for the PNO scan did not use the configured sched_scan
interval. This commit addresses the same by using the configured value
or the default of 10 seconds if configuration parameter is not used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possiblle for the group formation timeout to be left running even
after the P2P Client connected to the group if the WPS provisioning step
was not completed cleanly (e.g., due to WSC_Done not getting received
from the client). There is no need to remove the group in such case due
to the initial group formation timeout, so work around this by removing
that timeout on data connection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There was already a CFG_CHANGED_P2P_OPER_CHANNEL handler function, but
this flag was not set when the p2p_oper_reg_class or p2p_oper_channel
parameters were changed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant crashes if driver configuration for AP mode interface
configuration fails after group negotiation. This is because of a
regression from commit 1075b29571 that
ends up freeing the wpa_s instance from within
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() without the caller knowing.
Fix this by using an eloop timeout to free remove the P2P group so that
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() and especially wpa_supplicant_associate()
callers do not need to know about interface getting possibly removed. In
addition, move the P2P specific code into p2p_supplicant.c where it
really belongs. This allows the already existing group formation timeout
to be used by reducing the timeout to zero.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Avoid potential issues with removing a P2P group on PSK failure directly
from the wpa_supplicant_event() call since the caller (in driver_*.c)
may not be prepared for the interface disappearing at that point in
time.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for the GO of a persistent group to change the PSK or
remove a client when per-client PSKs are used and this can happen
without the SSID changing (i.e., the group is still valid, but just not
for a specific client). If the client side of such persistent group ends
up trying to use an invalidated persistent group information, the
connection will fail in 4-way handshake. A new WPS provisioning step is
needed to recover from this.
Detect this type of case based on two 4-way handshake failures when
acting as a P2P client in a persistent group. A new
"P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL id=<persistent group id>" event is used to
indicate when this happens. This makes it easier for upper layers to
remove the persistent group information with "REMOVE_NETWORK <persistent
group id>" if desired (e.g., based on user confirmation).
In addition to indicating the error cases for persistent groups, all
this type of PSK failures end up in the client removing the group with
the new reason=PSK_FAILURE information in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If a client joins a P2P group multiple times, replace the previous
per-client PSK entry instead of adding a new entry each time.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new control interface command P2P_REMOVE_CLIENT <P2P Device
Address|iface=Address> can now be used to remove the specified client
from all groups (ongoing and persistent) in which the local device is a
GO. This will remove any per-client PSK entries and deauthenticate the
device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Record all generated per-client PSKs in the persistent group network
block and configure these for the GO Authenticator whenever re-starting
the persistent group. This completes per-client PSK support for
persistent groups.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When using per-device PSKs, select the PSK based on the P2P Device
Address of the connecting client if that client is a P2P Device. This
allows the P2P Interface Address to be changed between P2P group
connections which may happen especially when using persistent groups.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to implement per-device PSK selection based on the
peer's P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes the P2P Device Address of the Enrollee available with the PSK
records to allow P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address to
be used for finding the correct PSK.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
"wpa_cli p2p_set per_sta_psk <0/1>" can now be used to disable/enable
use of per-device PSKs in P2P groups. This is disabled by default.
When enabled, a default passphrase is still generated by the GO for
legacy stations, but all P2P and non-P2P devices using WPS will get
a unique PSK.
This gives more protection for the P2P group by preventing clients from
being able to derive the unicast keys used by other clients. This is
also a step towards allowing specific clients to be removed from a group
reliably without having to tear down the full group to do so.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Even after listen duration is over, P2P module remained in
P2P_LISTEN_ONLY state, which is blocking station mode scans. Fix this by
stopping P2P listen explicitly to update p2p_state to IDLE when listen
duration expires.
Signed-hostap: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
wpa_cli filters out extra DISCONNECTED events from action scripts. This
ended up filtering out the first real DISCONNECT event in case wpa_cli
was started when wpa_supplicant was in connected state. Change wpa_cli
to allow the first disconnection event to be reported to the action
script in such case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, network added event was skipping during group formation.
However, this did not necessarily catch all cases of temporary P2P
network blocks. Check ssid->p2p_group to make this behavior more
consistent by avoiding all P2P groups.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
By default, P2P is initialized for all driver interfaces and this makes
P2P getting initialized for non-P2P station interface if the supplicant
is started first on this interface. If an interface is dedicated for
non-P2P station mode, it is now possible to disable P2P initialization
by adding 'p2p_disabled=1' in the configuration file of non-P2P station
interface, irrespective of the order in which supplicant is started.
Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
Right now in case of deauthentication from GO, immediate group removal will
happen in GC only if the deauthentication packet has a valid IE. However,
the IE in deauthentication packet is mandated only for managed P2P group.
So in normal P2P group the group removal is delayed and will happen later
only in group idle timeout.
This fixes a regression from commit
d7df0fa727 that changed the previous check
for data->deauth_info != NULL to data->deauth_info->ie != NULL.
Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
It is possible for the peer device not to support Authentication frame
exchange even though this would be required functionality in the
standard. Furthermore, either Authentication frame may be lost. To
recover from cases where Authentication frame sequence 2 is not
received, start EAPOL Authenticator from one second timeout.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, concurrent station mode scans were postponed during an
ongoing P2P group formation up to the point of completed WPS
provisioning step. This would allow a scan to be started before the P2P
client has completed association for the data connection if a scan
request were timed to hit the window between the provisioning step and
the following association. Avoid this by extending P2P-in-progress state
to continue until the first data connection has been completed as part
of group formation. Use a ten second timeout for this to avoid leaving
scans disabled indefinitely if the client fails to connect completely.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for the driver to report EAPOL frame RX before
Authentication frame RX even if the frames arrived in the opposite
order. This can result in issues in cases where both IBSS peers initiate
Authentication frame exchange at about the same time and one of the
EAPOL sessions is started before processing Authentication frame seq=1
RX. Work around this by not re-initializing EAPOL state on
Authentication (SEQ=1) RX if own Authentication frame was transmitted
within last 500 ms.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This provides status information about the negotiated group to
wpa_supplicant control interface monitors during group formation in a
form that is easier to use than having to fetch the information
separately.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This replaces number of perror() calls with wpa_printf() to get the
error messages embedded within rest of the debug messages in the same
stream instead of pushing these to stderr which may get directed to
another location.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new control interface event message is used to indicate when
both 4-way handshakes have been completed with a new IBSS peer.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This provides global status information that is applicable to all
interfaces (e.g., P2P state). In addition, ifname/address pairs are
listed to get information of all the interfaces that are currently
managed through this wpa_supplicant instance.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This iterates through all interfaces and saves configuration file
updates for each interface that allows it (update_config=1).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows global parameters to be set through the global control
interface without having to use IFNAME prefix. For now, this covers
only the wifi_display parameter.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There were some code paths that allowed obsolete configuration data
pointer to be maintained within EAPOL supplicant in case a network was
removed while not connection to it (i.e., wpa_s->current_ssid not
pointing to the network that was removed). This could result in use of
freed memory, e.g., from eap_sm_notify_ctrl_attached() when a new
control interface connected prior to the EAPOL supplicant configuration
pointer got updated.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In AP mode the frequency was initialized only after trying to set up the
AP which caused failure. Move AP frequency initialization to the right
place. This allows an AP mode network block without the frequency
parameter to be used with the default channel 11 being selected in that
case.
Signed-hostap: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
When 'p2p_group_remove *' is called while the station interface
is connected, the flow also disconnects the station interface.
Fix this by skipping non-P2P interfaces in the iteration.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
According to WSC specification (Ver 2.0.2, section 8.3), RF Bands
attribute should be set to the specific RF band used for the current
message. Add an option to set wanted band in wps_build_rf_bands() and
add a callback to get the current band from wpa_supplicant and hostapd.
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reduce the wait time for the monitor control interfaces to get
messages on wpa_supplicant de-init etc., as this significantly delays
the shutdown of the wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
In case a control interface socket is detached because of sendmsg()
failing for the socket, function call to detach the socket uses a
pointer to the socket information in the structure to be freed. Reorder
code to print socket info before freeing the data to avoid use of freed
memory in case debug prints are enabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This keeps wpa_supplicant from hanging forever if the other end of the
socket dies. This is similar to the earlier commit
4fdc8def88 to make the global control
interface befave in the same way.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, wpa_supplicant behavior in WEP configuration was to try to
mimic a device that is not aware of WPA/WPA2 and as such, it tried to
connect to a WPA/WPA2 AP with the assumption that the AP could be
providing support for both WEP and WPA/WPA2 stations in the same BSS.
Such APs could have been used during transition from WEP to more secure
options, but that type of deployment have not been used in large number
and are not really of much use anymore taken into account that more or
less all new devices support WPA/WPA2. That combined with the preference
to deprecate WEP justifies removing this use case and making WEP
networking matching more strict by using the knowledge of AP advertising
WPA/WPA2 as an indication of WEP not being supported.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit c7a67a7719 forced disconnection
when wpas_clear_wps() is called. Call this function from a registered
timeout when processing a failure event in order to allow the WPS
handshake to be completed with WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This reverts commit ce970851af.
It turned out that this breaks lots of use cases where p2p_find is
issued while already in p2p_listen state. As such, we cannot reject
p2p_find this easily without checking for more specific cases.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Though p2p_find is not expected during ongoing P2P connection, it is
possible that any third party application issues a p2p_find resulting in
connection failure. Address this by rejecting any p2p_find command while
connection is in progress.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211 does not allow the zero duration of remain-on-channel. Instead,
use 20 ms as default waiting time when remain-on-channel is used to
schedule offchannel transmission that does not expect a response.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
4-way handshake may fail under extremely noisy environment and if this
happens during P2P group formation, the 10 second extra delay added in
wpas_auth_failed() can result in running over the 15 second timeout.
Avoid this by skipping the delay mechanism in wpas_auth_failed() for the
P2P group formation case. The P2P formation timeout will take care of
stopping the attempts if the failure condition does not get resolved.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Change the P2P flows to use the number of concurrent channels
supported by the device and the number of currently used channels
for the P2P flows.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Some driver interfaces may not support the get_radio_name() design and
get_shared_radio_freqs() needs to be aware of such possibility when
determining shared radio frequencies.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There are devices that can operate several channels concurrently.
Change shared_vif_oper_freq() to get_shared_radio_freqs() that can
return an array of frequencies currently used by all the virtual
interfaces that share the same radio.
In addition, move it to wpa_supplicant.c, so it can be used by other
modules.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Previously, drivers only reported if they support multiple concurrent
channels, but did not report the maximum number of supported channels.
Add this reporting to the driver capabilities and add the implementation
to driver_nl80211.
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
To better support the IBSS/RSN mechanism, wpa_supplicant has to be able
to detect a possible peer reboot and in this case it should start a new
EAPOL handshake.
To perform such reboot detection wpa_supplicant has to perform an Open
Authentication by sending an Authentication frame and then replying to
it. IF an Authentication frame is received when the key have already
been exchanged, wpa_supplicant understands that the peer has rebooted
and can reset its state machine.
Whenever a new peer is added to the IBSS wpa_supplicant will start the
Open Authentication and only after having accomplished it will start the
key exchange. If the driver does not support Authentication frame
exchange initiated from user space, this step is skipped to maintain
previous behavior (just go through EAPOL-Key frame processing).
The Open Authentication was partly supported by the Linux kernel but now
wpa_supplicant can register for Authentication frames, handle it in
userspace and so avoid any possible race condition.
Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Commit 1aef400bf0 implemented IBSS RSN
disconnect() call using sta_deauth() in a way that resulted in NULL
pointer dereference in driver_nl80211.c if SME was in user space. Fix
this by passing the own MAC address in the sta_deauth call.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When the device indicates to take care of TDLS operations the TDLS
setup is done calling wpas_drv_tdls_oper(). This patch does a similar
thing for the teardown. This fixes failure of teardown:
"TDLS: Could not find peer <mac> for link Teardown"
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Because a delayed scheduled scan will access the members of struct
wpa_supplicant which is freed and this can result in a crash,
wpa_supplicant needs to cancel delayed scheduled scan during cleanups.
Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
This allows wpa_supplicant to associate to an AP that has VHT BSS
membership selector set to indicate VHT support is required for the BSS.
Without the patch it was impossible to connect to, e.g., hostapd-based
AP that has require_vht=1. wpa_supplicant was complaining with:
hardware does not support required rate 63.0 Mbps
Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout
before indicating P2P group formation failure if GO mode cannot be
started successfully for some reason.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like some of the global control interface cases ended up
blocking in sendmsg() when trying to send an event. Since this can block
all wpa_supplicant processing for multiple seconds, this is very
undesirable. Avoid this by requesting sendmsg() to return an error
rather than waiting for the message to be sent.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
3GPP TS 24.232 Annex A.3 allows network operator to advertise only two
digits of MNC even if MNC has three digits. Allow such matches in
network selection. In addition, allow three digit matches of MNC even if
MNC length was assumed to be two to avoid missing networks if MNC length
cannot be determined reliably. Remove the '-' separator from simulated
SIM/USIM cases to allow the new matching rules to work.
Fix the PLMN List information element parsing loop to use the length of
the PLMN List instead of the length of the full 3GPP Cellular Info to
avoid unexpected matches should a new element ever be added by 3GPP.
Finally, add more debug prints from PLMN matching to make the logs
easier to understand.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpas_clear_wps() was just clearing the current wpa_s->current_ssid
pointer when removing a WPS network block which with the device was
associated. This could leave the association up even though the network
block had already been removed. Prevent this by explicitly disconnecting
from the network instead of such clearing current_ssid.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Adding a new wpa_supplicant control interface for the dedicated
P2P_DEVICE would be quite confusing for programs that manage P2P
operations. Remove this control interface and require the global control
interface to be used since it will provide consistent interface for both
the new dedicated P2P_DEVICE (non-netdev) and old style P2P management
through a netdev.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit c68f6200a7 made these calls
conditional on !p2p_mgmt, but forced p2p_mgmt=1 for cases where the
driver does not use the dedicated P2P Device. Fix this by making the
!p2p_mgmt condition apply only if the driver does indicate use of a
dedicated P2P Device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The interface name for the P2P group interface is derived from the
P2P management interface. When the P2P management interface is a
P2P Device interface, i.e., p2p-dev-wlanX, the name for the group
interface is abbreviated to p2p-X (X being group index). When the
P2P management interface starts with p2p-dev- use its postfix
instead. So P2P management interface p2p-dev-wlan3 results in group
interface name p2p-wlan3-0.
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
If the capability flag of the driver indicates a dedicated P2P Device is
supported, a P2P Device interface is created.
Create the P2P Device in main interface creation loop when the added
interface flags support and P2P supplicant is not yet initialized
avoiding recursion of add_interface.
Do not register l2_packet for P2P Device interface (both for EAPOL and
for TDLS).
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Setting p2p_no_group_iface means 'use P2P management interface as P2P
connection interface' because it attempts to change the interface type.
The P2P_DEVICE is a dedicated interface and can not be changed. As such
ignore the configuration option.
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
When using OpenSSL with TLS-based EAP methods, wpa_supplicant can now be
configured to use OCSP stapling (TLS certificate status request) with
ocsp=1 network block parameter. ocsp=2 can be used to require valid OCSP
response before connection is allowed to continue.
hostapd as EAP server can be configured to return cached OCSP response
using the new ocsp_stapling_response parameter and an external mechanism
for updating the response data (e.g., "openssl ocsp ..." command).
This allows wpa_supplicant to verify that the server certificate has not
been revoked as part of the EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST handshake before
actual data connection has been established (i.e., when a CRL could not
be fetched even if a distribution point were specified).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In wpa_supplicant_deinit(), the function wpas_p2p_deinit_global()
was called. Remove it as it will be called from wpas_deinit_iface()
upon removal of the P2P management interface.
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Add "StaAuthorized" and "StaDeauthorized" D-Bus interface in AP mode.
After enabling the AP mode of wpa_supplicant, the other process need to
get the MAC address and authorization status of every station, so
wpa_supplicant emits signal when the station is authorized or
deauthorized.
Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
Add AVG_RSSI report to the signal_poll command if it is reported by
the kernel.
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
11b rates removal have had impact on SoftAP functionality in
wpa_supplicant. This patch verifies that only in case of P2P group
operation 11b rates will be eliminated. Refer also to commit
4c2c302893.
Signed-hostap: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
There is not much use for enabling WPA without WPA2 nowadays since most
networks have been upgraded to WPA2. Furthermore, the code size savings
from disabling just WPA2 are pretty small, so there is not much
justification for maintaining this build option. Remove it to get rid of
undesired complexity.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver wrapper supports best operation channel indication, the
p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to
indicate that the re-invoked persistent GO is to be started on the
specified band.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to get wpa_supplicant into clean state during testing if
a test case triggers countermeasures.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable tab completion for the cases where ifname= prefix is used in
interactive mode by skipping over that prefix before running through the
per-command completion routines. The ifname= prefix itself is also
covered by adding the possible interface names to the command list.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Strip out the IFNAME=<ifname> prefix from commands before parsing them
through the normal processing and then add the prefix back to the
beginning of the actual control interface command to make per-interface
commands work through the global control interface without having to use
the 'raw' command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Define a proper event prefix and include additional information to allow
ESS Dissassociation Imminent event to be used in a wpa_cli action
script.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes ENABLE_NETWORK behave similarily to SELECT_NETWORK by
allowing a scan to be skipped if recent scan results are available.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when
driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when
determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based
on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected
network instead of selected BSS.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When STA interface is connected and P2P interface gets invited in a
different channel from previous P2P group, the invitiation would fail
because of no common channel found. Fix this by using different logic
when device support multi channel concurrency.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The five second timeout for GAS queries is excessive and can result in
long waits in cases where APs are either misconfigured or frames are
lost.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes the design more robust against unexpected duplicates since
each new GAS exchange gets a different dialog token compared to the
previous one.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It looks like it may be possible for an older GAS response to get retransmitted
even after the first copy has been processed. While this should not really come
up all the way to wpa_supplicant due to sequence number being same (i.e.,
duplicate detection should from the frame), some cases have been observed where
this did cause issues. Drop such a frame silently without dropping the ongoing
GAS session to allow a frame with the next frag_id to be processed after this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This can be useful for some test cases, so allow wpa_supplicant to be
built with special test functionality to expose the current (last
configured) GTK. This is disabled by default and can be enabled by
adding following line into .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TESTING_GET_GTK
The GTK can then be fetched with "wpa_cli get gtk".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The P2P management operations like P2P_FIND and P2P_CONNECT are not
really specific to any network interface. These are P2P Device level
operations that are in more global device context. Allow those to be
sent through the global control interface without IFNAME parameter.
For now, these commands are directed within wpa_supplicant to the
network interface that initialized the global P2P context. This may
change in the future if a special context is added for P2P operations.
Anyway, such changes can now be done internally within wpa_supplicant
without affecting this global control interface design from external
view point.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These events are sent as a special case to both the group interface and
"parent interface" (i.e., the interface that was used for managing P2P
negotiation). The latter is not really correct event, so get rid of it
with the new global control interface design where there is no need to
support legacy upper layer implementations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This removes the "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix from P2P events that are
received through the global control interface since these events are not
really specific to any network interface, but the full device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Replace direct wpa_msg() calls with p2p_dbg(), p2p_info(), and p2p_err()
calls that use a new debug_print() callback to handle actual debug
printing outside the P2P module.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This removes wpa_ctrl.h dependency from src/p2p/* and makes the P2P
events more consistent, i.e., everything that is aimed for upper layer
processing from the wpa_supplicant control interfaces is generated in
p2p_supplicant.c.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function can be used instead of wpa_msg() and wpa_msg_ctrl() to
indicate that an event is not specific to a network interface.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The ATTACH/DETACH mechanism to request event messages from
wpa_supplicant can now be used through the global control interface,
too. This results in events from all interfaces being delivered through
a single monitor socket. "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix is used on events
that are specific to an interface.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to implement filtering of channels for scan and based
on that, for connection, purposes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This updates hostapd to build using the new keystore header file
location and adds a note that the old frameworks/base/cmds/keystore can
be removed at some point in the future when old Android releases do not
need to be supported.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The wpa_supplicant global control interface parameter can now be used to
explicitly specify an abstract UNIX domain socket (Linux specific
extension) with "@abstract:" prefix and an Android control socket with
"@android:" prefix.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is mostly a corner case at this point, but if wpa_cli was started
with global control interface connection (-g) and interactive mode,
per-interface control interface was tried to be opened with the
previously opened global ctrl_iface connection gettign leaked.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The optional -G<group> command line argument can be used to specify the
group that can access the global control interface.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
"IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix can now be used on the wpa_supplicant global
control interface to direct a command to a specific interface instead of
having to use an interface specific control interface for this. This
allows a single socket to be used for controlling multiple virtual
interfaces.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 21d996f775 added p2p_pref_chan as a
configuration file parameter, but included only the case of dynamically
setting this at runtime through the control interface SET command.
Complete this functionality by taking this value into use directly from
the configuration file, too.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
By default, dbus_connection_dispatch() will call _exit() if the bus
connection has been closed. This caused wpa_supplicant to terminate
without properly cleaning up after itself.
To ensure that we terminate cleanly when the messagebus terminates,
override the exit_on_disconnect behavior and install a filter to handle
libdbus's "Disconnected" signal.
[Bug 474]
Signed-hostap: Daniel Gnoutcheff <daniel@gnoutcheff.name>
The new control interface command can be used to send a
BSS Transition Management Query frame to the current AP.
Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
The WPS provisioning case does not result in successful connection by
design and as such, this can result in networks getting temporarily
disabled. Avoid this by clearing the failure counts on WPS success.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of just adding the new network, prefer the network learnt from a
configuration token during the first connection attempt. This makes the
WPS NFC case behave similarly to the in-band provisioning cases if there
are more preferred networks in the scan results.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up debug log by not trying to process the disconnection
event as a failure that could result in blacklist addition and auto
connect attempt. These are pointless operations since the interface is
going to removed immediately after this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up debug log by not requesting the auto connect on
dissassociation event if we are already in disconnected state and would
not try to connect anyway.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no point in marking a BSS temporarily blacklisted based on a
connection failure or disconnection case if that happens as a result of
a local request to disconnect. The blacklist entry could result on
unexpected BSS getting selected on the next connection attempt. In
addition, the code to try to find another BSS within the ESS could
result in scanning a single channel on the next attempt. Fix these
issues by handling the connection failure events only if we are not in
disconnected state (i.e., would try to reconnect after this
automatically).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Scanning can delay concurrent operations considerably, so it is better
to avoid that while trying to connect on any of the virtual interfaces
that share the same radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a VIF is already associated, then only scan on the associated
frequency if user requests such. This is a big help when using
lots of virtual stations.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
In the systemd interface templated the alias entry was specified
with wlan0 hard coded. Changing it to %i in this patch. [Bug 477]
Reported-by: zg <ml@mail.tsaitgaist.info>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
cfg80211 rejects the set_key operations before the IBSS network has been
fully formed, so add one more attempt to set the key for WPA-None at
IBSS joined driver event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to repeat the driver capability fetch for each
operation since we already cache driver flags in wpa_s->drv_flags.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new sched_scan_interval parameter can be used to set the default
sched_scan interval, e.g., for power saving purposes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The use of AID=1 for the nl80211 dummy STA case is specific to the
driver (cfg80211), so better move this into the driver wrapper instead
of generic TDLS implementation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The information of the peer's AID is required for the driver to
construct partial AID in VHT PPDU's. Pass this information to the driver
during add/set station operations (well, as soon as the information is
available, i.e., with set station operation currently).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The Hotspot 2.0 specification seems to mandate this element to be
included in all (Re)Association Request frames if the station is Hotspot
2.0 capable. However, that results in conflicts with other requirements
like no TKIP use when this element is present. The design is really
supposed to include the indication element only for Hotspot 2.0
associations regardless of what the current specification implies.
Remove the HS 2.0 Indication element from (Re)Association Request frame
whenever the connection is not for Hotspot 2.0 purposes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes tab completion work better in cases where wpa_cli is started
after wpa_supplicant has already discovered BSSes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The old help text did not include most of the parameters and as such,
was not really helpful. Replace it with tab completion function that
includes more or less all available parameters.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, interactive mode could not be used to enter space-separated
lists with the set command. This removes that restriction and allows
such commands to be encoded properly.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows one to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will
scan. This is a useful addition to the freq_list configurable
in the network {} section.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This updates number of comments in android.config to match the latest
version in defconfig and adds some of the entries that were previously
present only in android.config into defconfig.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Each attempt to connect to the same network using WPS would result
in the duplicate configuration getting added. Avoid such redundant
additions by comparing the network configuration with an already
existing one and remove the older network if the new credential
provisioned through WPS is identical.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
nl80211 has obsoleted WEXT as the preferred kernel interface for
controlling wireless drivers. Update wpa_supplicant driver interface
list order so that nl80211 gets used first if both nl80211 and wext
interfaces are included in the build. In addition, update README to
reflect the fact that WEXT is obsolete.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are quite a few places in the current implementation where a nul
terminated string is generated from binary data. Add a helper function
to simplify the code a bit.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The nfcpy script used to be run in a way that left them running for
multiple operations. This is not desired for some use cases, so provide
options to request only a single operation to be performed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
NFC connection handover messages may be longer than 100 octets, so
increase wpa_cli buffer size to allow longer messages to be reported.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reset ft_completed if STA receives deauthentication
between FT reassoc success and the subsequent initial
mobility authentication and association.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, only explicit indications of authentication failures were
used to disable a network block temporarily. Extend this to use multiple
failed connection attempts as a sign of a possible authentication or
authorization failure to reduce the frequency of connection attempts
with a network that does not seem to allow connection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the
RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to
add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so
skip this call, too, in such cases.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
All wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface() callers ended up freeing wpa_s
immediately after this call. Move os_free(wpa_s) into the deinit
function to share the same call and make the deinit sequence clearer.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add "EAPLogoff" and "EAPLogon" interface DBus commands which
parallel the "logoff" and "logon" wpa_ctrl commands which terminate
and restart EAP authentication. Slightly enhance the "logon" case
by expiring any running "startWhile" timer.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
This option can be used only for global parameters that are not going
to be changed from settings.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Iliyan Malchev <malchev@google.com>
Add "get_capability freq" command to print a more verbose list of
channels and frequencies in MHz. The tag "NO_IBSS" is added, if IBSS
mode is not allowed on a channel. This allows userspace programs to get
the frequencies and limitations associated with each channel.
This extends the information already provided in "get_capability
channels" but a new interface is chosen because of backwards
compatibility considerations.
Signed-hostap: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Harmonize EAP status events over control interface to provide same
functionality as existing D-Bus callback.
Signed-hostap: Chris Hessing <chris.hessing@cloudpath.net>
"WPS_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN <WPS/NDEF> <network id>" can now be used to build
an NFC configuration token from a locally configured network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This extends the WPS ER commands that previously accepted only UUID as
an identifier for an AP to use either UUID or BSSID for this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There may be cases where multiple BSS entries for a single BSSID are in
the table. This is mostly in automated test cases due to the AP
configuration changes, but something similar could potentially happen as
a corner case in more realistic networks, too, e.g., when an AP changes
its operating channel. Make network selection more robust by trying to
find the exact BSS entry instead of any BSS entry with a matching BSSID
when storing GAS/ANQP response.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some extended capabilities (I'm currently interested in "Operating Mode
Notification" for VHT) are implemented by the kernel driver and exported
in nl80211. Use these in hostapd/wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is mainly for testing purposes where it is convenient to have an
easy way of getting wpa_supplicant state cleared between test cases.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If WPS provisioning step is completed with an AP that is in WPS
configured state, we can skip a second scan after the provisioning step
since the AP is unlikely to change its configuration in such a case.
This can speed up WPS connection a bit by removing an unneeded scan.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
This can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to ignore old scan results
from the driver cache in cases where such results were not updated after
the scan trigger from wpa_supplicant. This can be useful in some cases
where the driver may cache information for a significant time and the AP
configuration is changing. Many such cases are for testing scripts, but
this could potentially be useful for some WPS use cases, too.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The after_wps counter could have potentially be left in its old non-zero
value in some WPS sequences which could result in a single-channel scan
being used based on obsolete information. Clear after_wps in
wpas_wps_reassoc() to make sure this does not happen.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the AP (P2P GO) has changes its channel of SSID recently, the BSS
table may have multiple entries for a BSSID. Select the one which was
most recently updated for WPS/P2P operations in such case to increase
the likelihood of using current information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Select the BSS entry based on BSSID,SSID pairs instead of just BSSID to
avoid selecting an unexpected SSID for the ROAM command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit b277a2bebc added a new global
configuration parameter, but forgot to update configuration file saving
to store this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new parameter allows wpa_supplicant AP mode operations to use
similar design to the vendor_elements parameter in hostapd to add
vendor_elements into Beacon/Probe Response IE parameters.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
sta_scan_pending was supposed to be accurate enough for determining
whether a P2P scan needs to be postponed. However, it has turned out
that there were cases where sta_scan_pending was not cleared properly.
While the known cases have now been addressed, it is possible that some
other cases may still exist. To avoid issues with P2P operationg getting
stuck, verify more carefully that there is a real pending station mode
scan (either in progress or scheduled to be requested).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the
same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on
virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by
making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on
the interface that requested them.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There were couple of code paths that could end up stopping station mode
scanning without clearing sta_scan_pending. This could result in P2P
search getting stuck waiting for completion of station mode scan which
would never show up. Fix this by calling wpas_p2p_continue_after_scan()
in cases where station mode scans are stopped. This allows
sta_scan_pending to be cleared and P2P search operation continued.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make the implementation more consistent and cleaner by using a single
function for addressing all the cases where completion of a station mode
scan operation allows a P2P operation (search) to be re-started.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build
options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. This is similar to the Makefile
change in commit ad3872a372.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This code was within ifdef CONFIG_AP and did not get included unless
AP mode support was also enabled. This is similar to the Makefile
change in commit 2dfb9a447c.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This fixes the lookup of a usable PMKSA entry in the cache. Using
wpa_s->current_ssid often returns nothing when a usable PMKSA exists in
the cache since wpa_s->current_ssid does not necessarily point to the
correct network entry at this point in time (prior to association).
Signed-hostap: Partha Narasimhan <parthan@gmail.com>
Add a driver capability flag for drivers which support IBSS mode and set
it for nl80211 drivers which have set the NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC.
Add a new option "modes" to "get_capability" which will return "AP" and
"IBSS" if the corresponding capability flags are set.
The idea is that this can be used for UIs to find out if the driver
supports IBSS mode.
Signed-hostap: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
If a peer replies to persistent group invitation with status code 8
(unknown group), remove the peer from the p2p_client_list if we are the
GO or remove the persistent group if we are the P2P client since it
looks like that the peer has dropped persistent group credentials and
the provisioning step needs to be executed again.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 in the configuration file (or "SET
p2p_ignore_shared_freq 1" on control interface) can now be used to
configure wpa_supplicant to ignore the preference on shared operating
channel when the driver support multi-channel concurrency. The default
behavior is to try to start any new P2P group on an operating channel
that is already in use on another virtual interface to avoid extra cost
from hopping between multiple channels. If this new parameter is set to
1, such preference is not used and instead, the channel for the new P2P
group is selected based on other preferences while ignoring operating
channels of any concurrent connection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 50285f5ca8 changed number of rules
in channel selection and among other things, it broke the design where
the currently used operating channel on a virtual interface that is
shared by the same radio is preferred to avoid costs related to
multi-channel concurrency. Fix this regression by making the P2P module
aware of the shared channel and using that preference as the highest
priority when re-selecting the channel during negotiation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 79879f4ae8 enabled all channels to
be used when negotiating channel with a driver that supports
multi-channel concurrency. Extend that to cover cases where the channel
is not being negotiated (e.g., p2p_group_add to start a GO).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 6a1ce39599 moved the bssid
variable declaration to be outside CONFIG_IEEE80211R block and
triggered a compiler warning about unused variable.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the
WLAN driver. Add NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT event from the
WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to
report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
Commit 77dfafd07d cancels group formation
timeout on group removal case but failed to reset the
p2p_in_provisioning flag. This can lead to repeated p2p_find failures if
the group gets removed before completion of the WPS provisioning step
(e.g., GO tears down the group). Fix this by clearing
p2p_pin_provisioning when cancelling group formation.
Signed-hostap: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
The unprotected disconnection events were previously processed only for
drivers that used the wpa_supplicant SME implementation (separate
authentication and association commands). However, this can be useful
for drivers that use the connect API, so remove the limitation and allow
the same IEEE 802.11w SA Query mechanism to be used even without full
use of the wpa_supplicant SME.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
CONFIG_HT_OVERRIDES and CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES were already mentioned in
android.config, but Android.mk did not yet know about them.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add support for VHT capability overrides to allow testing connections
with a subset of the VHT capabilities that are actually supported by
the device. The only thing that isn't currently supported (by mac80211
and this code) is the RX/TX highest rate field.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using atoi(), use strtol() which allows checking if
the configuration values are valid integers and can understand
more than just decimal (also hexadecimal and octal). This not
only allows specifying some fields in hex (which can be useful)
but also rejecting invalid configurations, e.g.,
disassoc_low_ack=27 * 2
which was previously read as just 27.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop sched scan, if running, after any disabling or removing of
a network, and request a new scan if needed.
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Move enabling a network to a separate function. Try to reconnect if not
associated to an AP. Abort scheduled scan in any case of a new scan.
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
If the whole ssid list was scanned, don't save the prev scheduled ssid
since we are going to start from beginning. Thos avoids starting sched
scan from prev_sched_ssid after scanning the full list, in case of
adding a network to ssid during scheduled scan.
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
In case that the ssid list is longer than max number of ssids,
ths scheduled scan aborted after timeout and rescheduled again
with shorter timeout and longer interval. In case that the timeout
is shorter than the interval, only one scan iteration will
be run. In this case, go back to the initial values.
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
When p2p_invite persistent=<id> is used to request a persistent group to
be re-invoked, the peer may reply with status=1 (info not yet available)
if upper layer processing of the invitiation is requested. The peer is
ten expected to start another invitation exchanged within 120 seconds if
the user authorizes the connection. Allow this process to be used more
easily by automatically authorizing the peer that we tried to invite to
use this second invitation sequence even if persistent_reconnect=0.
For this mechanism to work, the device that starts the invitation needs
to start listen mode to be able to receive the invitation request from
the peer. At least for now, this is not done automatically, but future
changes could potentially enable this automatically at least if there
are no concurrent operations in progress.
Example sequence on the initiator:
cmd: P2P_INVITE persistent=1 peer=<addr>
event: P2P-INVITATION-RESULT status=1
cmd: P2P_LISTEN 120
wait for peer to start another invitiation round.. group will be
re-invoked automatically
On the peer (with persistent_reconnect=0):
event: P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED sa=<addr> persistent=1 [freq=<MHz>]
wait for user approval
cmd: P2P_INVITE persistent=1 peer=<addr>
group will be re-invoked automatically
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When a device that is a GO in a persistent group receives an Invitation
Request from a P2P client and persistent_reconnect=0, upper layer is
notified of this with P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED event. The upper layer is
supposed to run another invitation exchange is this case, but if that
does not happen and the GO is started without successful (status=0)
invitation exchange, the operating channel for the group may end up
getting set in a way that the P2P client is not able to support. Provide
optional freq parameter in the P2P-INVITATION-RECEIVED event on the GO
side. If this parameter is received and the upper layer decides to issue
P2P_GROUP_ADD command, that command should include this freq parameter
to make sure the operating channel gets selected from the set that the
peer can support.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
beacon_int (in TU) can now be used to configure Beacon interval for AP
mode operations (including P2P GO) in wpa_supplicant. This can be set
either in a network block or as a global parameter in the configuration
file (or with "SET beacon_int <value>" control interface command) to
apply for all networks that do not include the beacon_int parameter to
override the default.
In addition, this commits extends the dtim_period parameter to be
available as a global parameter to set the default value. dtim_period is
now stored in the configuration file, too, if it was set.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Peer device includes its list of allowed operating channels in the
Invitation Response frame. When we are becoming the GO, use that list
from the peer to filter out acceptable channels to avoid selecting a
channel that the peer is unable to use.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When re-invoking a persistent group in P2P client role, the new
pref=<MHz> parameter can now be used with the p2p_invite command to
indicate a preferred operating frequency. Unlike the older freq=<MHz>
parameter, this leaves GO an option to select another channel (from our
supported channels) if the GO cannot accept the channel.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_connect() and p2p_invite() cases used more or less identical
implementatin. Use a shared function to avoid duplicated code.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If multi channel concurrency is supported, we have to populate the
p2p_channels with list of channels that we support. Use the same design
that was previously added for GO Negotiation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Most of the print_bss_info() cases were already returning zero lenth to
avoid returning partial returns to the BSS commands, but the HS 2.0 and
Wi-Fi Display entries behaved differently. Make those consistent with
rest of the items.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows ctrl_iface users to iterate through the BSS entries by
fetching multiple BSS entries with "BSS RANGE=N-" without having to use
one extra round to get empty return value as the indication of the last
entry having been found.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This flag will add ==== delimiter between to separate bss results.
Unlike the other BSS command MASK values, this delimiter is not
included by default to avoid issues with existing users of the BSS
command.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This patch uses existing scan results for fast connection on REASSOCIATE
and RECONNECT commands.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
wpa_supplicant uses 4096 byte buffer for control interface responses, so
wpa_cli should do the same to avoid truncating responses unnecessarily.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The information of the peer's VHT capability is required for the
driver to establish a TDLS link in VHT mode with a compatible peer.
Pass this information to the driver when the peer station is
getting added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant can now generate the WPS carrier record for connection
handover response when acting as an ER. The AP whose configuration is
provided in this way is identified with an UUID as an argument to
wps-nfc.py.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, the credential to use for a connection with a specific BSS
was picked arbitrary based on first found match of each matching
mechanism. While the credential priorities were used elsewhere, this did
not take into account that different mechanisms could find multiple
matching credentials. As such, the highest priority credential was not
always used in case more than one credential matched with the selected
BSS. Fix this by checking credential priorities again during connection
request.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit bbf41865c9 added calls to functions
that are only defined if CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y. Protect those calls properly
to avoid build issues.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wpa_supplicant is controlling an AP mode interface, it can generate
the alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover select
message similarly to the way this is done in hostapd.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The last couple of changes to the control interface commands for NFC
connection handover had not yet been documented.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wpa_supplicant is controlling an AP mode interface, it can generate
the NFC configuration token similarly to the way this is done in
hostapd.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds write-password option for the nfcpy example script for
wpa_supplicant to match hostapd wps-ap-nfc.py functionality.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"WPS_NFC_TOKEN <WPS/NDEF>" used to generate a new NFC password token
regardless of whether there was a pre-configured token in the
configuration. Change this to use the pre-configured value, if
available, instead. This allows the same command to be used to write the
password token to an NFC tag more conveniently.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The contents of the peer's capability and extended capability
information is required for the driver to perform TDLS P-UAPSD and Off
Channel operations. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The information of the peer's HT capability and the QOS information is
required for the driver to perform TDLS operations. Pass this
information to the driver when the peer station is getting added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit a9a1d0f08a added vht_capabilities
to struct hostapd_sta_add_params but forgot to update
wpa_supplicant_tdls_peer_addset() to initialize the variable to NULL.
This could result in uninitialized pointer being used in
driver_nl80211.c when adding a TDLS peer entry. Fix this by clearing the
hostapd_sta_add_params with memset.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A TDLS Teardown frame with Reason Code 3 (Deauthenticated because
sending STA is leaving (or has left) IBSS or ESS) shall be transmitted
to all TDLS peer STAs (via the AP or via the direct path) prior to
transmitting a Disassociation frame or a Deauthentication frame to the
AP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
For various P2P use cases, it is useful to have more accurate timestamp
for the peer information update. This commit improves scan result
handling by using a single timestamp that is taken immediately after
fetching the results from the driver and then using that value to
calculate the time when the driver last updated the BSS entry. In
addition, more debug information is added for P2P peer updates to be
able to clearly see how old information is being used here.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of reporting only one connection handover message, report
completion of NFC connection handover with carrier record from both the
request and select messages.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, only some P2P states were considered to postpone concurrent
station mode scans during group formation. Especially the WPS
provisioning step was skipped due to issues to scans run on the P2P
client interface (see commit fc6997b345).
This is not ideal since a concurrent scan can slow down group formation
considerably and potentially make it time out. Enforce p2p-in-progress
through all steps of group formation on another interface to address
this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Group formation timeout is normally canceled when 4-way handshake is
completed (WPA_COMPLETED -> wpas_p2p_completed). However, it is possible
for the GO to stop the group before this happens (i.e., send
Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 before 4-way handshake is
completed). This resulted in the group getting removed, but the group
formation timeout left behind. The unexpected timeout may then result in
undesired termination of the following operation. Fix this by canceling
the group formation timeout in wpas_p2p_group_delete() similarly to how
group idle timeout was canceled there.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since there could be multiple carrier records, it is cleaner to report
only the WPS carrier record instead of full NFC connection handover
select to wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since there could be multiple carrier records, it is cleaner to build
only the WPS carrier record instead of full NFC connection handover
request within wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit caff399250 added a property named
"WPS" to the dbus interface. It did not add the new
WPAS_DBUS_BSS_PROP_WPS property to the function responsible for marking
changed properties though. This cause the following messages to be
printed repeatedly to syslog:
dbus: wpas_dbus_bss_signal_prop_changed: Unknown Property value 7
Signed-hostap: Peter Wu <lekensteyn@gmail.com>
In addition to the offload mechanism, the Android configuration and
makefiles are extended to allow this to be configured for the build by
dropping in platform specific configuration files and makefile without
having to modify any existing files.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Usual manual scan request may cause reassociation due to several
reasons. New command is intended to perform pure scan without taking any
automatic action based on the results.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
On the DMG (60 GHz) band, capability bits defined differently from
non-DMG ones. Adjust capability matching to cover both cases.
Also, for non-DMG bands, check ESS bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
When AP mode operation reject the client, nl80211 layer advertises the
connect failed event with the reason for failures (for example, max
client reached, etc.) using NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED.
This patch adds some debug messages whenever such an event is received
from the nl80211 layer and also the same event is posted to the upper
layer via wpa_msg().
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
These channels were already enabled for P2P use, but the local
configuration parameter was not allowed to use the operating class in
which the 40 MHz channels are specified.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The RANGE=N1-N2 command did not return any entries in some cases where
N1 does not match with any BSS entry. Fix this by allow entries to be
fetched even without knowing the exact id values.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add the "BSS LAST ..." command. This command helps in fetching the scan
entries iteratively from FIRST entry to LAST entry by ID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The "BSS FIRST.." command fails when additional parameters (e.g., MASK)
is used since the string comparsion does not take into account the
number of characters. Fix by comparing only 5 characters as in other
commands.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The HS 2.0 Indication element is 7 (not 6) octets. The previous
implementation could result in wpabuf validation code stopping the
program if HS 2.0 was enabled without Interworking or P2P (which would
have created a large enough buffer to avoid hitting this) being enable.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If an implicit TDLS set up request is obtained on an existing link or an
to be established link, the previous link was not removed. This commit
disables the existing link on a new set up request. Also,
wpa_tdls_reneg() function was invoking wpa_tdls_start() on an already
existing peer for the case of internal setup, which is incorrect. Thus
the invocation of wpa_tdls_start() is removed in wpa_tdls_reneg() and
also this function is renamed to wps_tdls_remove() as it does not
renegotiation rather shall remove the link (if any) for the case of
external setup.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 50178335bf introduced a regression
for P2P-GROUP-STARTED event indication during p2p_connect-join when
using a separate P2P group interface. wpa_s->global->p2p_group_formation
was already set in that case to point to the group interface and this
commit changed this to point to incorrect interface. Fix this by setting
p2p_group_formation here only in case a separate group interface is not
used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 59ff6653aa fixed this issue for
'removing a network', and we also need to take care of 'removing all
networks'.
Signed-hostap: Jaewan Kim <jaewan at google.com>
Addition of wpa_supplicant_fast_associate() made it unnecessary to call
wpas_select_network_from_last_scan() directly from other files.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If scan results are available when we perform a SelectNetwork, use
them to make an associate decision. This can save an entire scan
interval-worth of time in situations where something external to
wpa_supplicant (like a connection manager) has just previously
requested a scan before calling SelectNetwork.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
When the scan interval is changed the new interval is effective
after the old interval timer fires off one last time. This can cause
an unacceptable long delay when updating the interval.
Change this behaviour to use MIN(left of old interval, new interval)
for the scan interval following the interval change.
Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
The link was not disabled for the case of implicit trigger from the
driver unlike in the case of explicit trigger fromc ctrl_iface. Make the
tear down sequences match in these cases by adding the TDLS_DISABLE_LINK
tdls_oper to the driver when processing the TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signal the start of EAP authentication as well as when additional
credentials are required to complete.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Most of the variables are not needed anymore once the SAE instance
has entered Accepted state. Free these to save memory.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows FFC groups to be used with SAE. Though, these groups are not
included in the default sae_groups value based on what is available
since the FFC groups have the additional requirement of using a safe
prime with the current implementation (or specification of the group
order).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Even though this command is very unlikely to fail, in theory, it could
and the WPS connection would fail in such a case. Return more clearer
failure indication in such a case without even trying to start
reassociation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new "sae_group=<id>" line will be included in the ctrl_iface STATUS
output if SAE was used for the association.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hostapd.conf sae_groups parameter can now be used to limit the set of
groups that the AP allows for SAE. Similarly, sae_groups parameter is
wpa_supplicant.conf can be used to set the preferred order of groups. By
default, all implemented groups are enabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
hostapd can now be configured to use anti-clogging mechanism based on
the new sae_anti_clogging_threshold parameter (which is
dot11RSNASAEAntiCloggingThreshold in the standard). The token is
generated using a temporary key and the peer station's MAC address.
wpa_supplicant will re-try SAE authentication with the token included if
commit message is rejected with a token request.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The enum values for struct sae_data::state now match the protocol
instance states as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 11.3.8.2.2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The -N and -C command line parameters can be used to add arbitrary
RADIUS attributes to the messages. However, these were truncated to
about 128 bytes when the actually message was constructed. Fix this by
using larger buffers to allow the maximum attribute length (253 octets
of payload) to be used. [Bug 458]
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The sizeof(ptr) use here was not correct and resulted in too small
memory block getting allocated for the -N command line argument.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In case of wpa_supplicant IBSS and AP modes after we will call wpa_cli
save command we should also save configured frequency. In other case
after wpa_supplicant restart we have frequency = 0 and AP start will
fail.
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
The GAS query compilation callback may happen after the wpa_supplicant
process has been requested to terminate. Avoid scheduling a new eloop
timeout for a scan in such a case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Verify that the other BSS has actually received some valid ANQP
information before sharing the results from it. This fixes potential
issues with cases where some of the APs with the same HESSID has invalid
ANQP configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver rejected any of the offchannel Action frame TX requests,
the previous implementation terminated ANQP fetch process. While the
driver should not really reject the request normally, it is possible
that a request gets rejected for some reason. Allow the fetch process to
continue with the next AP in such case to avoid breaking networking
selection. This could result, e.g., in auto_interworking=1 process
failing to connect if any the driver rejects requests to any of the APs
in the scan result even if some other APs provided suitable information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This was used to select between "(auth)" and "(reauth)" in
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED events. However, the variable was not cleared
anywhere else apart from the AP deinit case. As such, it did not really
provide correct information and is not really of much use even with
proper clearing added. As such, it is cleaner to just get rid of this
altogether.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit bb4d4deb4b introduced a code path
that could potentially end up calling wpa_config_update_psk() with NULL
passphrase. While that may not happen in practice, it is better to make
sure it doesn't happen since that function will dereference the
passphrase pointer unconditionally.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This continues optimizations for use of CPU heavy pbkdf2_sha1() in GO
setup after the earlier commit 30c371e8a5
by allowing PSK to be used instead of passphrase when creating
persistent group information manually for the GO.
It should be noted that this would not meet the requirements in the P2P
specification (GO shall maintain the passphrase), so this should be used
only when there is no need to allow manual configuration of legacy STAs
using the passphrase.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Cancel the existing supplicant scan and start a new supplicant
scan on PNO start and stop respectively. This makes sure that
supplicant scan is in progress when the device resumes.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211 caches the scan results according the channel number. Due to
the 15 sec aging this might cause the user mode to see more than one
scan result with the same BSSID, e.g. - one scan result for the
P2P Device and one for the P2P GO (once it's enabled).
Fix this by updating the device entry only if the new peer entry is
newer than the one previously stored.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Chernobelsky <igalc@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
The first "if" in the SCAN command handling didn't check properly for
sched_scan, causing the sched_scan and scan to run concurrently, instead
of cancelling the ongoing sched scan (which is handled by the "else if"
later).
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Add some more functionality for BSS Transition Management:
- advertise support for BSS Transition Management in extended
capabilities element
- add hostapd.conf parameter bss_transition=1 for enabling support
for BSS Transition Management
- add "hostapd_cli disassoc_imminent <STA> <num TBTTs>" for sending
disassociation imminent notifications for testing purposes
- wpa_supplicant: trigger a new scan to find another BSS if the
current AP indicates disassociation imminent (TODO: the old AP needs
to be marked to use lower priority to avoid re-selecting it)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The WNM-Sleep Mode handler took over WNM Action frame processing without
addressing the previously implemented WNM handler. Fix this by moving
the BSs Transition Management processing into wnm_sta.c to share a
single handler function for WNM Action frames.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need for p2p_supplicant.c to access wpa_s->pending_action_tx
so move these references to offchannel.c to get a bit cleaner interface
between the components.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 1ff733383f added a mechanism to
work around issues due to association events and EAPOL RX events being
getting reordered. However, this applied only for the case where
wpa_supplicant is not in associated state. The same issue can happen in
roaming case with drivers that perform BSS selection internally (or in
firmware). Handle that case similarly by delaying received EAPOL frame
processing if the source address of the EAPOL frame does not match the
current BSSID.
Since wired IEEE 802.1X do not have BSSID, make this additional
workaround conditional on BSSID match having been observed during the
previous association.
This fixes issues where the initial EAPOL frame after reassociation was
either dropped (e.g., due to replay counter not increasing) or replied
to with incorrect destination address (the BSSID of the old AP). This
can result in significantly more robust roaming behavior with drivers
that do not use wpa_supplicant for BSS selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Network blocks are disabled during a WPS provisioning step and 10
seconds after this to allow the newly provisioned network to be
selected. The disabled=1 flag gets written to the configuration file
when the credential is added since it happens during this process.
Update the file again after the networks have been re-enabled to avoid
leaving the configuration file into state that is not consistent with
the running configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 17a4734dc4 shall optimize the
post-WPS scan based on the channel used during the provisioning only
when the EAP-Failure frame is received. In cases where the EAP-Failure
frame is missed, this optimization shall not happen resulting in the
scan in all the channels thus consuming more time for the connection.
This commit enhances this by storing the requisite information after
the M8 frame is received.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Requires Linux kernel patch to make the SGI-20 properly disabled. SGI-40
will already work since Linux 3.4 or so.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Basic support for the 60 GHz band. Neither P2P nor WPS are yet taken
care off. Allows to start AP with very simple config:
network={
ssid="test"
mode=2
frequency=60480
key_mgmt=NONE
}
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_cancel did not properly cancel a pending p2p_connect-join operation.
Address the different steps in that process: initial scan, Provision
Discovery exchange before connection, and WPS provisioning step
(including the scans before WPS).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the NAI Realm list indicates that EAP-PEAP is used, use EAP-MSCHAPv2
as the Phase 2 method by default if the NAI Realm list does not specify
the tunneled method.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e99b4f3a14 added functionality to
check whether the current association is with the home SP. This commit
did not take into account that the domain name ANQP information could be
NULL and that could result to a NULL pointer dereference. Fix that by
validation that domain_names != NULL before calling
domain_name_list_contains().
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build
options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to
define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build.
In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and
WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These fields do not use AES keywrap. Instead, they are protected with
management frame protection (and not included if PMF is disabled).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The optional tfs_req=<hex dump> parameter can be added for the wnm_sleep
command to specify the TFS request element to use in the WNM-Sleep Mode
Request frame.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This code was within ifdef CONFIG_AP and did not get included unless
AP mode support was also enabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new excluded_ssid parameter within a cred block can be used to
excluded networks from matching with credentials.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Number of cred block fields were not saved when wpa_supplicant is
writing the configuration file.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the AP does not advertize EAP parameters, default to TTLS/MSCHAPv2
when using username/password credentials.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The current PMKSA cache entry needs to be clear to allow EAPOL
reauthentication to be started in case this association used PMKSA
caching.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Both the ctrl_iface and D-Bus interface use similar functionality to
request a new connection. Combine these to a single function to avoid
need to maintain duplicated implementation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpas_connection_failed() uses the blacklist count to figure out a
suitable time to wait for the next scan. This mechanism did not work
properly in cases where the temporary blacklist gets cleared due to no
other BSSes being available. Address this by maintaining an additional
count of blacklisting values over wpa_blacklist_clear() calls. In
addition, add one more step in the count to timeout mapping to go to 10
second interval if more than four failures are seen.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver does not support multi-channel concurrency and a virtual
interface that shares the same radio with the current interface is
operating there may not be need to scan other channels apart from the
current operating channel on the other virtual interface. Filter out
other channels in case we are trying to find a connection for a station
interface when we are not configured to prefer station connection and a
concurrent operation is already in process.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the global pmf=1/2 parameter is used to enable PMF for Interworking
networks, add WPA-EAP-SHA256 to the temporary network block to allow
connection to PMF required APs.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, PMF (protected management frames, IEEE 802.11w) could be
enabled only with a per-network parameter (ieee80211w). The new global
parameter (pmf) can now be used to change the default behavior to be PMF
enabled (pmf=1) or required (pmf=2) for network blocks that do not
override this with the ieee80211w parameter.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
We enable this feature for non-SME drivers as well if
they explicitly indicate need for it.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
This prevents situations like the following where we roam to a
lesser quality BSS just because the signal level delta is over our
threshold.
wlan0: Considering within-ESS reassociation
wlan0: Current BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40 level=-51
wlan0: Selected BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0 level=-64
wlan0: Request association: reassociate: 0 selected: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0
bssid: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40 pending: 00:00:00:00:00:00 wpa_state: COMPLETED
Signed-hostap: Robert Shade <robert.shade@gmail.com>
This allows the ctrl_iface STATUS information to be used to determine
which Home SP credential (domain in the cred block) was used and whether
the network is operated by the home SP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows credential entries to be removed based on SP FQDN without
having to iterate through the configured entries from an external
program to figure out which credentials should be removed for a specific
SP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the credential that was used to create a temporary HS 2.0 network
block is removed, remove the network block, too.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant is started from /init.*.rc on Android and that seems
to be using umask 0077 which would leave the control interface
directory without group access. This breaks things since Wi-Fi
framework assumes that this directory can be accessed by other
applications in the wifi group. Fix this by adding group access even
if umask value would prevent this.
In most cases, this issue was not hit since the control interface
directory is normally created by that same init.*.rc file with suitable
mode and wpa_supplicant is killed in the way that does not allow it to
remove the file. However, if wpa_supplicant is allowed stop cleanly, it
will remove the directory and the next start could result with the Wi-Fi
framework not being able to use Wi-Fi (and GUI not showing Wi-Fi getting
enabled).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The PD Request retry limit can be used to achieve the same behavior,
so drop this duplicated timeout mechanism and control the timeout
based on MAX_PROV_DISC_REQ_RETRIES.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The GO may be in sleep when we send a PD Request frame to indicate that
we are about to join a running group. Previously, this frame was not
retried more than normal low level retries. This can result in the GO
not getting the frame especially in cases where concurrent multi-channel
operations or aggressive sleep schedule is used since most drivers do
not yet synchronize with the GO's NoA before association.
Increase the likelihood of the GO receiving the PD Request frame by
retransmitting it similarly to the PD-for-GO-Negotiation case. Start
the actual join operation only after these retries have failed to get
an acknowledgment from the GO to give the connection attempt a chance
to succeed if the driver implements better NoA synchronization for it.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_prov_disc_req() used the join parameter to figure out whether the PD
request was a user initiated or not. This does not cover all use cases
of PD, so add a separate parameter to allow caller to indicate whether
the user requested the operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit ee431d77a5 broke wpa_supplicant
compilation:
../src/ap/ieee802_1x.o: In function `ieee802_1x_get_eap_user':
/../src/ap/ieee802_1x.c:1689: undefined reference to `hostapd_get_eap_user'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make: *** [wpa_supplicant] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some network parameters, e.g., auth_alg and eap use a space separated
list of values without quotation marks. To allow these to be entered
from the interactive mode, change set_network command to allow more than
three arguments.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds description of the main changes from the forking of
hostap-1.git for 1.x releases to the current master branch snapshot.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commits 07783eaaa0 and
3da372fae8 removed the only users of the
disassociate() driver operation, so these driver wrapper functions can
also be removed now.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 620c783753 modified
wpas_wps_ssid_wildcard_ok() prototype, but forgot to update the
non-WPS-build wrapper. Fix that to match with the new bss parameter
type and remove the now unused declaration of wpa_scan_res.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, OKC (opportunistic key caching, a.k.a. proactive key
caching) could be enabled only with a per-network parameter
(proactive_key_caching). The new global parameter (okc) can now be used
to change the default behavior to be OKC enabled (okc=1) for network
blocks that do not override this with the proactive_key_caching
parameter.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If separate group interfaces are used, the pending group interface got
removed unnecessarily when stopping find operations when accepting an
invitation to reinvoke the group in GO role. This resulted in the group
interfaces getting created twice. Avoid this unnecessary extra operation
by skipping removal of the pending interface in the reinvocation
sequence.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In highly congested network (BSSes almost on every channel
within ESS) we have hit a bug when wpa_supplicant become
completly irresponsive, infinite looping on while loop.
When probe_idx was equal 0 and we are not able to probe
new frequency, following condition were never fulfilled:
"if (!in_array(freqs, data->supp_freqs[idx]))"
Signed-hostap: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
The UFD (USB flash drive) configuration method was deprecated in WSC
2.0. Since this is not known to be used, remove the UFD implementation
from hostapd and wpa_supplicant to allow the WPS implementation to be
cleaned up. This removes the now unused OOB operations and ctrl_iface
commands that had already been deprecated by the new NFC operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The PSK generation done by pbkdf2_sha1() is one of the longest CPU time
users according to our profiling from boot to GO started.
So I have reduced some steps.
I could boot a GO by this command sequence.
-------------
add_net
set_network 0 ssid '"DIRECT-XX"'
set_network 0 psk
'"123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123"'
set_network 0 proto RSN
set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-PSK
set_network 0 pairwise CCMP
set_network 0 auth_alg OPEN
set_network 0 mode 3
set_network 0 disabled 2
p2p_group_add persistent=0 freq=2412
-------------
By this sequence, pbkdf2_sha1() was called three times and the function
calculates the same value each time. Reduce number of calls to
pbkdf2_sha1() from 3 to 1 by caching the previous result.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma at gmail.com>
There are a few instances where dbus handlers test the value
of errno to test whether strtoul completes successfully.
Since strtoul does not clear errno, and there's no strong
reason to suspect that errno is already clear, it is safer
to clear it right before calling strtoul. Also, any failure
in strtoul (setting errno non-zero) should be considered a
failure.
While testing using dbus-send, I found that a malformed
network path can cause a crash due to net_id being left
NULL. We should test for this before calling strtoul
on it.
Tested with:
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get \
string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface string:Networks
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0/Networks/0
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0/Networks/0
dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.RemoveNetwork \
objpath:/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
intended-for: hostap-1
This function is now unused after the last couple of commits that
removed the last uses, so remove this to keep code simpler since all
places that disassociate, can use deauthentication instead.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
cfg80211/mac80211 may reject disassociation command if association has
not yet been formed. Use deauthentication in cases where it is possible
that we are associating at the moment the command is issued.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant_{disassociate,deauthenticate}() need to inform the driver
about decision to disconnect even if this happens during the time when
the driver is still trying to complete association. During that time,
wpa_s->bssid is not set, so the code in these functions needs to figure
out the correct BSSID based on that field or wpa_s->pending_bssid. In
addition, it is possible that the BSSID is not even known at
wpa_supplicant at this point in time when using drivers that perform BSS
selection internally. In those cases, the disconnect command needs to be
sent to the driver without the BSSID.
This fixes issues where the driver (or cfg80211 in particular) may be
left in mismatching state with wpa_supplicant when disconnection (e.g.,
due to a ctrl_iface command) happens between connection request and
association event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This helper script can now handle both reading of a NFC tag and
initiation of NFC connection handover if a peer NFC device is touched.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver indicates the association (or authentication) was
rejected, wpa_supplicant should handle this connection failure similarly
to other cases. Previously, this was only handled with drivers that use
wpa_supplicant SME.
In case of cfg80211-based drivers, a rejected association was actually
already handled since cfg80211 generates a deauthentication event after
indicating connection failure. However, rejected authentication resulted
in wpa_supplicant waiting for authentication timeout to expire which is
unnecessary long wait.
Fix this by calling wpas_connection_failed() to use the common mechanism
to reschedule a new connection attempt with the previously attempted
BSSID blacklisted.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If WPS Registrar tries to provision a WPA/WPA2-Personal network without
including a valid Network Key, the network block cannot be used to
connect to the network. Reject such credential without adding the
network block. This makes wpa_supplicant send WSC_NACK as a response to
the invalid Credential and stop the provisioning process immediately
rather than only after trying unsuccessfully to connect to the network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The DNS Name is allowed to use or not use domain name compression. To
handle both cases, check human readable DNS Name match if binary
matching does not show a hit.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There may be multiple Bonjour PTR matches for the same key, so extend
the P2P SD code for this to allow such entries to be added (i.e., do not
override previously added value, but add a new one). Similarly, return
multiple matches (one per Service TLV) for a query if it happens to
match more than a single configured Bonjour service.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new P2P_SET parameter disc_int can now be used to configure
discoverable interval for p2p_find operations. The format of the command
for setting the values is "P2P_SET disc_int <minDiscoverableInterval>
<maxDiscoverableInterval> <max TUs for discoverable interval>". The
first two parameters are given in units of 100 TUs (102.4 ms). The third
parameter can be used to further limit the interval into a specific TU
amount. If it is set to -1, no such additional limitation is enforced.
It should be noted that the P2P specification describes the random
Listen state interval to be in units of 100 TUs, so setting the max TU
value to anything else than -1 is not compliant with the specification
and should not be used in normal cases. The default parameters can be
set with "P2P_SET disc_int 1 3 -1".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver rejects the scan request while handling an external
requested scan (e.g., SCAN command on ctrl_iface), wpa_s->scan_req gets
cleared in wpa_supplicant_scan(). This can results in issues when the
scheduled re-try of the scan in one seconds trigger another call to this
function. If ap_scan==2 mode is used, this would result in new
association attempt instead of a new scan. Avoid this by restoring value
of wpa_s->scan_req in case the scan trigger fails and a new scan attempt
is scheduled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout() needs to clear the
pending_pd_before_join flag to match other uses of this flag prior to
calling wpas_p2p_join_start(). Without this, the flag could be left set
which can cause following P2P operations to behave in unexpected ways.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new p2p_no_group_iface=1 configuration parameter can now be used to
disable the default behavior of adding a separate interface for the P2P
group when driver support for concurrent interfaces is available.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc()
which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This breaks the
P2P group idle mechanism for the case where p2p_group_idle is not set
(i.e., is the default 0) since wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout() ignores the
timeout in that case if the interface is not recognized as a client
interface (which was based on wpa_s->current_ssid being set).
Fix this by making wpas_p2p_is_client() default to client case if
wpa_s->current_ssid is NULL. This is much more likely case since the P2P
GO mode operation would not really clear the pointer without explicit
request to disconnect.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The old WPS interface for using NFC has no known deployments and even
the binary libraries referenced here are not easily available anymore.
Since the new interface for using NFC with WPS covers the same
functionality, remove the old implementation to clean up WPS
implementation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When WPS is used with NFC connection handover, the AP may indicate its
operating channel within the credential information. Use this
informatiom, if present, to speed up the scan process.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This commit adds new wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface commands to allow
external programs to go through NFC connection handover mechanism
with wpa_supplicant taking care of the WPS processing. This version
includes only the case where wpa_supplicant is operating as a
station/Enrollee.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver indicates support for multi-channel concurrency, change
the p2p_connect behavior to not force the current operating channel, but
instead, just mark it as preferred for GO Negotiation. This change
applies only for the case when the freq parameter is not used with the
p2p_connect command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the P2P_PEER command to be used to fetch the list of
secondary device types that each P2P peer has advertised.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P includes two use cases where one of the devices is going to start a
group and likely change channels immediately after processing a frame.
This operation may be fast enough to make the device leave the current
channel before the peer has completed layer 2 retransmission of the
frame in case the ctrl::ack frame was lost. This can result in the peer
not getting TX status success notification.
For GO Negotiation Confirm frame, p2p_go_neg_conf_cb() has a workaround
that ignores the TX status failure and will continue with the group
formation with the assumption that the peer actually received the frame
even though we did not receive ctrl::ack. For Invitation Response frame
to re-invoke a persistent group, no such workaround is used in
p2p_invitation_resp_cb(). Consequently, TX status failure due to lost
ctrl::ack frame results in one of the peers not starting the group.
Increase the likelihood of layer 2 retransmission getting acknowledged
and ctrl::ack being received by waiting a short duration after having
processed the GO Negotiation Confirm and Invitation Response frames for
the re-invocation case. For the former, use 20 ms wait since this case
has been worked around in deployed devices. For the latter, use 50 ms
wait to get even higher likelihood of getting ctrl::ack through since
deployed devices (and the current wpa_supplicant implementation) do not
have a workaround to ignore TX status failure.
20 ms is long enough to include at least couple of retries and that
should increase likelihood of getting ctrl::ack through quite a bit. The
longer 50 ms wait is likely to include full set of layer 2 retries.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extend the wpa_cli wps_pin command to support specification of the PIN
expiration time in seconds similarly to hostapd_cli wps_pin command when
using wpa_supplicant for AP mode (including P2P GO).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
By default, P2P is enabled globally for all virtual interfaces and this
makes wpa_supplicant include WSC and P2P IEs in Probe Request frames for
all scans even if this is for a non-P2P station connection to speed up
device discovery. If an interface is dedicated for non-P2P station mode
operations, it is now possible to disable addition of WSC and P2P IEs
into Probe Request frames with a per-interface p2p_disabled parameter.
This can be set either in the configuration file (p2p_disabled=1) or at
run time ("wpa_cli -i wlan0 set p2p_disabled 1"). Unlike the previous
mechanism ("wpa_cli p2p_set disabled 1"), the new parameter changes the
behavior only for the specified interface while other interfaces
continue to follow the global P2P enabled/disabled state.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The bssid and priority parameters in a network block do not have any
effect on the validity of a PMKSA cache entry, so avoid flushing the
PMKSA cache when only these parameters are changed. This is mainly
to allow forced roaming or network selection changes without causing
a disconnection if the changes are done during RSN association that
used EAP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a function to filter out known cases of disconnection during 4-way
handshake that are caused by something else than mismatch in PSK. This
commit adds the case where the local end determines a mismatch in
WPA/RSN element between Beacon/Probe Response frames and EAPOL-Key msg
3/4.
This can avoid some potentially confusing "WPA: 4-Way Handshake failed -
pre-shared key may be incorrect" ctrl_iface messages.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This replaces the previously used bogus test data in SAE messages with
the first real field. The actual SAE authentication mechanism is still
missing and the Scaler, Element, and Confirm fields are not included.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If wpa_s->current_ssid is not set (e.g., after disconnection that
did not result in immediate group removal), an incorrect group could
have been removed since the network block iteration here could select
the network block that is used to store persistent group credentials.
Fix this by verifying that disabled != 2 to avoid picking the network
block that could not have been the temporary P2P group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
During the association for the WPS handshake all the other configured
networks are disabled. This patch makes wpa_supplicant reenable the
disabled networks after the success/failure of the WPS handshake.
Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
When ANQP_GET or HS20_ANQP_GET is used to request ANQP information,
unshare the ANQP information (i.e., create a per-BSS copy of it) to
make sure the information from the specified BSS is available in case
the APs provide different information within HESSID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds parsed version of WAN Metrics information to the control
event message as follows:
RX-HS20-ANQP 02:00:00:00:01:00 WAN Metrics 01:8000:1000:80:240:3000
format: <WAN Info>:<DL Speed>:<UL Speed>:<DL Load>:<UL Load>:<LMD>
WAN Info: B0-B1: Link Status, B2: Symmetric Link, B3: At Capabity
(encoded as two hex digits)
Downlink Speed: Estimate of WAN backhaul link current downlink speed in kbps;
1..4294967295; 0 = unknown
Uplink Speed: Estimate of WAN backhaul link current uplink speed in kbps
1..4294967295; 0 = unknown
Downlink Load: Current load of downlink WAN connection (scaled to 255 = 100%)
Uplink Load: Current load of uplink WAN connection (scaled to 255 = 100%)
Load Measurement Duration: Duration for measuring downlink/uplink load in
tenths of a second (1..65535); 0 if load cannot be determined
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 620c783753 modified
wpas_wps_ssid_bss_match() prototype but forgot to update the non-WPS
wrapper inline function. Fix that to match with the new bss parameter
type.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When specified in the conf file this parameter will make all invocations
of p2p_group_add, p2p_connect, and p2p_invite behave as if "ht40" has
been specified on the command line. This shouldn't do harm since
regulatory constraints and driver capabilities are consulted anyway
before starting HT40 mode.
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
This introduces new AKM for SAE and FT-SAE and adds the initial parts
for going through the SAE Authentication frame exchange. The actual SAE
algorithm and new fields in Authentication frames are not yet included
in this commit and will be added separately. This version is able to
complete a dummy authentication with the correct authentication
algorithm and transaction values to allow cfg80211/mac80211 drivers to
be tested (all the missing parts can be handled with
hostapd/wpa_supplicant changes).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Otherwise it's difficult to determine if the supplicant was built with
CONFIG_AP, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN, CONFIG_P2P, etc. CONFIG_AP and CONFIG_P2P
can be inferred from the introspection data of the Interface object,
but CONFIG_IBSS_RSN does not change the introspection data at all and
thus it's impossible to determine whether the supplicant supports it
without knowing its compile-time options.
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning flag did not get cleared in some cases
where p2p_cancel command is used to stop group formation. This can result
in some operations (like p2p_find) failing afterwards. Fix this by using
wpas_group_formation_completed() when processing p2p_cancel for a group
that has not yet completed group formation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the keystore:// prefix is used in the private_key entry, convert that
to the OpenSSL engine style configuration used for Android JB keystore.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The pending GAS entry must be removed from the list when it is removed.
This fixes an issue with potential segfault due to freed memory being
accessed if the driver fails to accept a GAS query.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
External programs can use this new parameter to prevent wpa_supplicant
from connecting to a list of BSSIDs and/or SSIDs. The disallowed BSSes
will still be visible in scan results and it is possible to run ANQP
operations with them, but BSS selection for connection will skip any
BSS that matches an entry in the disallowed list.
The new parameter can be set with the control interface SET command
using following syntax:
SET disallow_aps <disallow_list>
disallow_list ::= <ssid_spec> | <bssid_spec> | <disallow_list> | “”
SSID_SPEC ::= ssid <SSID_HEX>
BSSID_SPEC ::= bssid <BSSID_HEX>
For example:
wpa_cli set disallow_list "ssid 74657374 bssid 001122334455 ssid 68656c6c6f"
wpa_cli set disallow_list
(the empty value removes all entries)
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for the P2P client group to be removed while waiting for
a pending scan operation (e.g., when p2p_group_idle timeout hits after
getting disconnected from the GO with something else than
Deauthentication with reason code 3). If this happens with a P2P
interface that is used both for P2P Device and group roles, scan state
could get stuck while waiting for the next scan to complete since no
more station (P2P client) mode scans are scheduled. Fix this by clearing
sta_scan_pending when removing the temporary group network block.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make Invitation process for re-invoking a persistent group behave
similarly to GO Negotiation as far as channel negotiation is concerned.
The Operating Channel value (if present) is used as a starting point if
the local device does not have a forced operating channel (e.g., due to
concurrent use). Channel lists from devices are then compared to check
that the selected channel is in the intersection. If not, channel is
selected based on GO Negotiation channel rules (best channel preferences
etc.). Invitation Request is rejected if no common channel can be
selected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If two P2P_FIND commands and a station mode SCAN command are issued in a
sequence with the second P2P_FIND and SCAN commands started before the
initial scan from the first P2P_FIND command has completed,
sta_scan_pending may be left set without an automatic way of getting it
cleared. This can get P2P search stuck if no further station mode scan
operations are run.
Fix this by clearing the sta_scan_pending flag whenever station mode scans
are stopped due to no enabled networks resulting in INACTIVE mode getting
entered. In addition, avoid setting sta_scan_pending flag when a special
scan_res_handler is set so that this does not get enabled on the P2P
Device interface during a P2P search operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If there are any disabled networks, show a debug print with the count
of those networks when no enabled networks are found. This can be
helpful in trying to figure out why scans are being skipped.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The ASCII hexdump is somewhat difficult to search for (especially on
Android builds), so make the debug log easier to parse by printing the
full control interface command as a text string. In addition, use
wpa_dbg() to get the interface name printed so that multi-interface
cases can be debugged.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Setting just ssid->passphrase is not enough to complete the network
block for the GO entry. Also the PSK needs to be derived so that the
network is considered enabled by wpas_network_disabled(). The previous
version worked as long as something else allowed the scan request to be
performed (this is needed even though the actual scan is skipped when
starting GO).
The first GO start was allowed because wpa_s->scan_req is initialized to
1 in wpa_supplicant_alloc(). However, other attempts may fail if
wpa_s->scan_req is cleared. This failure shows up as "No enabled
networkas - do not scan" in debug log followed by state change to
INACTIVE when trying to start GO.
Fix this by deriving PSK from the passphrase for GO mode.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 30ee769235 started skipping P2P
group removal if wpa_s->current_ssid is not set and commit
0d30cc240f started clearing
wpa_s->current_ssid on disconnection. This combination broke
p2p_group_idle timeout on P2P client interface in a case where no
separate P2P group interface is used and when the disconnection is
triggered by something else than an explicit indication of GO
terminating the group.
Fix this by relaxing network block matching rules when figuring out
whether any of the configured network blocks could be in P2P use. The
p2p_group flag alone should be enough for this since temporary P2P group
network blocks are removed once the P2P group is terminated.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the AP creation failed (missing freq= or driver error) the supplicant
would previously stay in SCANNING state forever. Instead, it should
handle the error a bit better and drop back to DISCONNECTED so clients
know something went wrong.
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Channel 14 is available only in Japan and is DSSS-only according to
IEEE 802.11-2012 19.4.3 and MIC Equipment Ordinance (EO)
for Regulating Radio Equipment article 49.20.
At the same time, P2P should avoid using DSSS modulation in normal
operation according to P2P specification v1.2 2.4.1.
Signed-hostap: Mykyta Iziumtsev <mykyta.iziumtsev@gmail.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Commit 4d32c0c44d added another use for the
local pos variable and that broke the mechanism used to determine wheter
the peer address was provided. Fix this by using a separate pointer to the
peer address.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When I use CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y a warning appears.
wps_supplicant.c:1872:12: warning: 'wpas_wps_add_nfc_password_token'
defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
This patch removes this warning.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma at gmail.com>
If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan
results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the
results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association
steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added
as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest
way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes sure that the interrupted station mode scan can be completed
after the P2P operations have had their chance of using the radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Driver could reject the new scan based on any virtual interface
running a concurrent scan. As such, mark the pending scan callback
for P2P based on any interfaces instead of just the one used for
the p2p_scan operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion
events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design
maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module
did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed
the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations
properly.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The BSS pointer may change if the entry needs to be reallocated
and the new pointer has to be added to the last_scan_res array
to avoid using pointers to freed memory.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If two BSS entries have the same HESSID and SSID, share the fetched ANQP
information between these BSS entries to save memory and GAS/ANQP
operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The eap parameter in the cred block can now be used to override
automatic EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is an initial step in allowing the ANQP responses to be shared
among multiple BSSes if the BSSes are determined to be operating under
identical configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the REMOVE_NETWORK command is used to delete the currently connected
network, some operations were run between removing the network and
clearing of wpa_s->current_ssid. This left wpa_s->current_ssid pointing
to freed memory and should any operation end up using it before the
pointer gets cleared, freed memory could be references. Avoid this by
removing the network only after having completed the operations that
clear wpa_s->current_ssid.
Signed-hostap: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
intended-for: hostap-1
Use configured credentials to figure out which ANQP information needs to
be fetched and only fetch those when using Interworking network
selection. The fetch_anqp command is still fetching all ANQP
information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the scan results from before ANQP fetch are fresh (less than five
seconds old), do not run a new scan when selecting the BSS after having
used Interworking network selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the
scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in
cases where previous results can be considered fresh.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows last results to be used even after they have been freed
since the information is copied to the BSS entries anyway and this new
array provides the order in which scan results were processed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the
need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam().
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use the anonymous_identity field to store EAP-SIM/AKA pseudonym identity
so that this can be maintained between EAP sessions (e.g., after
wpa_supplicant restart) even if fast re-authentication data was cleared.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc()
which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME
disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by
restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 0d30cc240f forced
wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from
wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication
failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group
termination).
Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and
make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed.
If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since
the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above
mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group
interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism
just before the interface gets removed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The wpa_s->current_ssid pointer may get cleared, e.g., when
disconnected. Commit 30ee769235 made
wpas_p2p_group_delete() exit early before removing a P2P interface in
this type of case. That can cause number of issues from p2p_group_remove
command failing to busy loop when terminating wpa_supplicant if there is
a P2P group interface in client mode and that interface happens to be in
disconnected state. Fix these issues by allowing wpas_p2p_group_delete()
remove the P2P group interface regardless of whether wpa_s->currnt_ssid
is set.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The freq and ht40 parameters can now be used with the p2p_invite
command when reinvoking a persistent group as the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The variables used within the #ifndef block here needs to be defined in
the beginning of the function to avoid issues with some compilers.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit does not yet address support for different device roles,
i.e., the same set of subelements are returned regardless of which
role was indicated in the request.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_cli p2p_serv_disc_req command can now be used to request WSD
request to be sent to specified or all peers who support WSD.
format: wifi-display <list of roles> <list of subelements>
examples:
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source] 2,3,4,5
p2p_serv_disc_req 02:01:02:03:04:05 wifi-display [pri-sink] 3
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [sec-source] 2
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source+sink] 2,3,4,5
p2p_serv_disc_req 00:00:00:00:00:00 wifi-display [source][pri-sink] 2,3,4,5
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This commit adds control interface commands and internal storage of
Wi-Fi Display related configuration. In addition, WFD IE is now added
to various P2P frames, Probe Request/Response, and (Re)Association
Request/Response frames. WFD subelements from peers are stored in the
P2P peer table.
Following control interface commands are now available:
SET wifi_display <0/1>
GET wifi_display
WFD_SUBELEM_SET <subelem> [hexdump of length+body]
WFD_SUBELEM_GET <subelem>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows both hostapd and wpa_supplicant to be used to derive and
configure keys for GCMP. This is quite similar to CCMP key
configuration, but a different cipher suite and somewhat different rules
are used in cipher selection. It should be noted that GCMP is not
included in default parameters at least for now, so explicit
pairwise/group configuration is needed to enable it. This may change in
the future to allow GCMP to be selected automatically in cases where
CCMP could have been used.
This commit does not included changes to WPS or P2P to allow GCMP to be
used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit b49039bda9 redesigned tab
completion, but added the new call to completion functions into wrong
location. This needs to be done within the loop to find the correct
completion function.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
auto_interworking=1 configuration parameter can be used to request
wpa_supplicant to use Interworking network selection automatically as a
part of the normal (non-Interworking) network selection if the scan
results do not match with enabled networks. This makes scanning work
similarly to the "interworking_select auto" command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The new gas_request and gas_response_get commands can be used to request
arbitary GAS queries to be performed. These can be used with ANQP or
with other (including vendor specific) advertisement protocols.
gas_request <BSSID> <AdvProtoID> [Query]
gas_response_get <addr> <dialog token> [offset,length]
For example, ANQP query for Capability list in interactive wpa_cli
session:
> gas_request 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 000102000101
<3>GAS-RESPONSE-INFO addr=02:00:00:00:01:00 dialog_token=0
status_code=0 resp_len=32
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00
01011c00010102010501070108010c01dddd0c00506f9a110200020304050607
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 0,10
01011c00010102010501
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 10,10
070108010c01dddd0c00
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 20,10
506f9a11020002030405
> gas_response_get 02:00:00:00:01:00 00 30,2
0607
It should be noted that the maximum length of the response buffer is
currently 4096 bytes which allows about 2000 bytes of the response data
to be fetched with a single gas_response_get command. If the response is
longer, it can be fetched in pieces as shown in the example above.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Clear the possible blacklisting of a WPS AP during WPS PIN iteration if
the AP moves to selected registrar TRUE state or if it adds our MAC
address to the list of authorized MACs.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Maintain state of WPS APs during iteration to find the correct AP for
WPS PIN operation when no specific BSSID is specified. This information
can be used for optimizing the order in which the APs are tried. This
commit is only adding the collection of the information and more
detailed debug information to make debug logs more helpful in figuring
out how the AP selection order could be improved.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This makes wpa_supplicant state somewhat cleaner since the information
from previously used connection is not maintained after getting
disconnected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP
authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer
duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
"help <cmd>" can now be used to print the usage text for the
specified command (or set of commands matching the prefix).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of using a separate list of commands, use the main command table
to assign tab completion functions. In addition, use the existing BSS
and P2P peer completions functions with the commands that use BSSID or
P2P Device address the first argument.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The NAI building routine assumed that the credential included the IMSI,
but that is not the case when using a real SIM card. Build the NAI based
on the IMSI read for the card in such a case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The pos variable was not advanced when comparing PLMN entries in
3GPP Cellular Network information and as such, only the first
entry was really used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
This can be used to test new control interface commands and to use
commands that may not yet be supported by wpa_cli.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the P2P management operations are handled within the driver, the
P2P service entries were not freed when terminating wpa_supplicant.
Fix this by calling wpas_p2p_service_flush() even if the P2P module
within wpa_supplicant has not been initialized.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This limits the maximum size of the p2p_client_list parameter that
is maintained at the GO for a persistent group. In other words, only
the 100 most recently seen P2P clients are kept in the list.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
This list can get truncated due to too many addresses getting added.
Reorder the entries in a way that allows the most recently added values
to be maintained in the list and use better debug/error messages when
parsing the value.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Skip the end of long configuration lines that get truncated in
wpa_config_get_line(). Without this, the rest of the file was being
parsed as another line and that resulted in an unexpected error
message (wrong line number and wrong starting point).
In addition, increase the read buffer for network blocks from 256
to 2000 since p2p_client_list parameter can have long values. These
were supposed to truncated cleanly, but the unexpected processing of
the end of the file (which is now fixed in this commit) could cause
configuration file to be rejected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Commit 99fcd40409 added a call to update
search delay after failed authentication attempt. This change was
supposed to be only in p2p_supplicant.c for the successful case. The
extra call does not really do anything, but it's good to remove it to
avoid any confusion in the future.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or
delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent
operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan
operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition,
allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode
operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on,
connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find
operation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the p2p_find command is used without the delay parameter, a 500 ms
default search delay will now be used when any interface using the same
radio is in an concurrent operation. "p2p_find delay=0" can be used to
enforce the old behavior in such a case if needed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A new optional delay=<search delay in milliseconds> parameter can now be
used with p2p_find command to request an extra delay between search
iterations. This can be used, e.g., to make p2p_find friendlier to
concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of the radio
resources.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This EAP type uses a vendor specific expanded EAP header to encapsulate
EAP-TLS with a configuration where the EAP server does not authenticate
the EAP peer. In other words, this method includes only server
authentication. The peer is configured with only the ca_cert parameter
(similarly to other TLS-based EAP methods). This method can be used for
cases where the network provides free access to anyone, but use of RSN
with a securely derived unique PMK for each station is desired.
The expanded EAP header uses the hostapd/wpa_supplicant vendor
code 39068 and vendor type 1 to identify the UNAUTH-TLS method.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The WPA_AUTH_WPA and WPA_AUTH_WPA2 cases have already been rejected in
this function when execution comes here. In theory, support for
WPA-Enterprise could be added, but since that has not happened over the
years, there is no good reason to keep this dead code here.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit c9e08af24f removed the only user of
the special case MD5 use that would be allowed in FIPS mode in
tls_prf_sha1_md5(). Commit 271dbf1594
removed the file from the build, but left the implementation into the
repository. To clean things up even further, remove this functionality
completely since it is not expected to be needed for FIPS mode anymore.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since we currently support only HS 2.0 networks with Interworking
network selection, do not indicate credential match unless the
network uses WPA2-Enterprise.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since we currently support only HS 2.0 networks with Interworking
network selection, enforce that WPA2-Enterprise/CCMP is used on the
AP instead of allowing any WPA-Enterprise combination.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Hotspot 2.0 allows only WPA2-Enterprise to be used, so other types of
networks must not be indicated as Hotspot 2.0 networks even if they
(incorrectly) advertise HS 2.0 support.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When there was no credential match, but an enabled network block matched
with a scan result, wpa_supplicant reconnected at the end of
interworking_select command even if "auto" parameter was not used. Fix
this by running the reconnect only if requested to automatically select
a network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If bgscan is enabled, then bgscan is initiated after the connection,
with no bss scan result information. Since a scan was performed prior to
the connection, the information exists and can be used to initialize the
bgscan's cache.
Signed-hostap: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
When CONFIG_FIPS=y is used, do not include MD5 in the build and disable
EAPOL-Key frames that use MD5 (WPA/TKIP and dynamic WEP with IEEE
802.1X).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Only allow the TLS library keying material exporter functionality to be
used for MSK derivation with TLS-based EAP methods to avoid exporting
internal TLS keys from the library.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
OpenSSL-based builds may need libdl in the linker line after the OpenSSL
library. CONFIG_TLS_ADD_DL=y can now be used to force that if needed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used for convenience to build wpa_supplicant with OpenSSL
FIPS object module. CONFIG_FIPS=y is expected to be used in
wpa_supplicant/.config when using this option.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Increase GO config timeout if HT40 is used since it takes some time
to scan channels for coex purposes before the BSS can be started.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add optional "ht40" argument for p2p_group_add command to enable 40 MHz
in 5GHz band. This configures the secondary channel, when HT support is
enabled and if the HW supports 40 MHz channel width.
Signed-hostap: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
These helper functions can be used to implement most of the common
wpa_cli commands to simplify the implementation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If key_mgmt was set to allow both WPA and non-WPA IEEE 802.1X (i.e., to
IEEE8021X WPA-EAP), non-WPA IEEE 802.1X was rejected while preparing
association parameters. Allow this special case to be handled by
selecting non-WPA case if the scan results for the AP do not include
either WPA or RSN elements.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Refactoring done in commit 46ee0427b1
(IEEE 802.11u: Allow Interworking and HESSID to be configured)
broke adding extra IEs in sched scan. The IEs stopped being added
to the scan params within wpa_supplicant_extra_ies() but no code
was added to add them in wpa_supplicant_req_sched_scan().
Fix this and remove unused params arg in wpa_supplicant_extra_ies().
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
GAS_QUERY_TIMEOUT value was used for two different things - enum for
status callback and #define for internal eloop timeout). The latter
overwrites the former and as such, the timeout reported ended up going
out with value 5 which matches with GAS_QUERY_CANCELLED instead of
GAS_QUERY_TIMEOUT. This value was not used in existing code, so this
should not modify the current behavior. Anyway, the correct reason for
the failure should be reported. Rename the internal #define for the
timeout period to avoid the name conflict. [Bug 463]
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
There is no need to mandate admission control (ACM=1) by default, so
clear that flag in the case the configuration file does not specify
wmm_ac_{vo,vi}_acm value. This gets closer to the values mentioned
in the sample hostapd.conf file and reduces the need to specify WMM
parameters in the configuration file for most common use cases.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In case of P2P GO and AP mode, wpa_supplicant uses the default hostapd
parameters for WMM. In the default parameters the ACM bit for video and
voice are set to 1, meaning, P2P devices and stations which are
connected to the GO cannot pass voice or video data packets. Allow this
to be changed through wpa_supplicant configuration file with wmm_ac_*
parameters.
Signed-hostap: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
The os_memcmp of bssid and wpa_s->bssid cannot return 0 in this
code path since identical os_memcmp was already done above.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is the normal flow for association:
wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver
wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver
wpa_supplicant <--( return BSSID )-- device driver
However, a device driver could return EINVAL for get_bssid() because it
recognizes it has already been disconnected. When the wpa_supplicant
received EINVAL, the bssid field could be used uninitialized in the
following flow:
wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver
device driver (receive deauth)
wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver
wpa_supplicant <--( return EINVAL )-- device driver
Prevent this by requiring the get_bssid() call to succeed when
processing association events.
Don't assume the 11g mode is always first in the list of mode (sometimes
it isn't). Traverse the array of modes and check the HT40 capability is
turned on for 11g.
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
wpa_s->removal_reason was set only when calling wpas_p2p_group_delete()
and while couple of call places did not set this, it should really be
set in each case. As such, it works better as a function parameter than
a variable in struct wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
p2p_group_remove should only attempt to remove P2P group
interfaces and fail on non-P2P group interfaces.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
This enables setting a different max inactivity timeout for P2P GO.
This timeout is used to detect inactive clients. In some scenarios
it may be useful to have control over this and set a shorter timeout
than the default 300s. For example when running STA and P2P GO interfaces
concurrently, the STA interface may perform scans which may cause the
GO to miss a disassoc / deauth frames from a client and keep assuming
that the client is connected until the inactivity detection kicks in.
300 secs is a bit too long for such scenarios and creates a bad user
experience.
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
This simplifies the implementation by using the buffer type to which the
returned data will be converted anyway. This avoids one memory
allocation for each processed RADIUS message.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new ssid2 parameter can be used as an alternative mechanism for
configuring SSID for hostapd. It uses the same formats that
wpa_supplicant uses in the configuration file for strings.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
P"<escaped string>" can now be used as an alternative method for
specifying non-ASCII strings (including control characters). For
example, ssid=P"abc\x00test".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Process CTRL-EVENT-TERMINATING in wpa_cli interactive mode and close
ctrl_iface connection without trying to detach the monitor interface
when this happens. This avoids a timeout on the DETACH command. In
addition, print out connection lost/re-established messages without
overriding the edit line.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is needed to allow the default behavior (pick first interface) to
be used in cases where wpa_supplicant is not available when wpa_cli is
started in interactive mode.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_ctrl_get_remote_ifname() is defined only for UDP ctrl_iface socket,
so this call needs to be made conditional on build parameters.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This changes the call flow to allow full eloop operations to be used
while waiting for wpa_cli to establish a connection to wpa_supplicant in
the beginning of an interactive session. This allows the cleanup steps
to be more consistent and avoid debugging issues due to unfreed memory
or other resources if wpa_cli is killed with Ctrl-c.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When starting interactive mode, wpa_cli is trying to attach the
monitor connection. If that fails, the operation is retried, but
this was done without freeing all the resources that could have
been allocated (mainly, the command connection).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote is used, print user frendly PS in
wpa_cli. E.g.,
localhost/wlan0>
192.168.1.1/p2p-wlan-0-0>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Add new option for ctrl iface: CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote. This
enables remote access to control interface via UDP port(s). This should
be used for testing purpose only since there is no authentication or
access control on the commands.
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
The network_object path should be returned by the NetworkAdded signal
and not by the GroupStarted Signal. Starting a Group does not
necessarily validate the network object.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
D-Bus script using python glib is added to perform Disconnect on an
interface.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
D-Bus script using python glib is added to perform p2p_invite on a group
interface to invite a peer.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
dev.config_methods was not updated when wps_update_config was called.
This could lead to mismatching config methods between Probe Request and
M1 packets. Add missing part for it.
This allows the password parameter for EAP methods to be fetched
from an external storage.
Following example can be used for developer testing:
ext_password_backend=test:pw1=password|pw2=testing
network={
key_mgmt=WPA-EAP
eap=TTLS
identity="user"
password=ext:pw1
ca_cert="ca.pem"
phase2="auth=PAP"
}
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows wpa_supplicant configuration file to be created without
the PSK/passphrase value included in the file when a backend for
external password storage is available.
Following example can be used for developer testing:
ext_password_backend=test:psk1=12345678
network={
ssid="test-psk"
key_mgmt=WPA-PSK
psk=ext:psk1
}
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This new mechanism can be used to make wpa_supplicant using external
storage (e.g., key store in the operating system) for passwords,
passphrases, and PSKs. This commit is only adding the framework part
needed to support this, i.e., no actual configuration parameter can
yet use this new mechanism. In addition, only a simple test backend
is added to allow developer testing of the functionality.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of rejecting network blocks without PSK/passphrase at the time
the configuration file is read, allow such configuration to be loaded
and only behave as if the network block with missing PSK/passphrase is
disabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, this was left to the default (WPA-EAP WPA-PSK) value which
could potentially result in unexpected behavior if an AP were to enable
both WPA2-Enterprise and WPA2-Personal in the same BSS. While this is
not really that likely for APs supporting Interworking, it is good to
get the PSK option removed to avoid any issues with missing
passphrase/PSK configuration parameter.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Each cred block can now be matched based on Roaming Consortium OI as an
alternative mechanism to using NAI Realm information. This may be
optimized for efficiency in the future since Roaming Consortium
information is available in scan results without having to go through
ANQP queries. In addition, this is easier to support in case there is a
large number of realms that can be used for authentication.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new cred block parameters eap, phase1, and phase2 can be used to
select which EAP method is used with network selection instead of using
the value specified in ANQP information (e.g., NAI Realm).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Allow the user to configure an RSSI threshold in dBm below which the
nl80211 driver won't report scan results. Currently only supported
during scheduled (PNO) scans.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P group is only going to use a single GO, so we can leave the fixed
BSSID parameter set for the actual data connection in addition to the
initial WPS provisionign step. This can speed up operations with drivers
that select BSS internally by allowing them to skip an extra scan when
the BSSID and frequency of the GO is already known.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Four D-Bus scripts using python glib are added to perform the following
operations: p2p_flush, p2p_group_add, p2p_listen and p2p_stop_find.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Commit 7c865c6853 introduced a code
path that can skip extra_ie initialization in wpa_supplicant_scan().
This could result in semi-random crashes when using the autoscan
mechanism. Fix this by initializing extra_ie to NULL.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This updates the license notification to use only the BSD license. The
changes were acknowledged by email (Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>,
Mon, 2 Jul 2012 20:02:37 +1000).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This updates these files to use the license notification that uses only
the BSD license. The changes were acknowledged by email (Dan Williams
<dcbw@redhat.com>, Sun, 01 Jul 2012 15:53:36 -0500).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This functionality could be shared for other commands, too, so move
it to a common function. In addition, implement the validation in a
bit more strict way to avoid accepting values like '-123' as a valid
PIN.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reject invalid PIN value in p2p_connect command. Before this, typos
like "pbd" as the third parameter could have resulted in OK return
value since this parameter was interpreted as the PIN.
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
When a special scan_res_handler is used the scan parameters may not have
been suitable for other purposes (e.g., during a p2p_find operation). As
such, do not indicate such scan results to other virtual interfaces
using the same radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In the properties changed signal, added a new property
"DisconnectReason", which carries the IEEE 802.11 reason code of the
most recent disassociation or deauthentication event. The reason code is
negative if it is locally generated. The property is sent to the DBUS
immediately so as to prevent it from being coalesced with other
disconnect events.
Signed-off-by: Gary Morain <gmorain@chromium.org>
Two DBUS scripts using python glib are added to perform p2p_find and
p2p_connect operations respectively. p2p_connect script just performs
the traditional connect to create a new p2p group. Additional updates
will be required to perform join, auth etc. al.
Signed-hostap: Michael Naumov <michael.naumov@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
nfc_pw_token can be used to build random NFC password token for WPS.
This tool prints out the wpa_supplicant.conf (or hostapd.conf)
parameters and the hexdump of the WPS password token (with and without
NDEF encapsulation) so that it can be written to a NFC tag with an
external program.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
os_random() may not be seeded properly, so use stronger mechanism for
generating the password id for NFC password tokens.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The AP PIN on wps_reg command can now be replaced with special value
"nfc-pw" to use device password from a NFC password token from the AP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
WPS_ER_NFC_CONFIG_TOKEN command can now be used to build a NFC
configuration token based on AP Settings learnt with WPS_ER_LEARN
or set with WPS_ER_CONFIG.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface command WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can now be
used to process NFC tags read by external programs to initiate
wpa_supplicant to use NFC Configuration Token to create a new network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Instead of requiring low-level access to an NFC device and synchronous
operations, the new WPS_NFC_TOKEN and WPS_NFC ctrl_iface commands can be
used to build a NFC password token and initiate WPS protocol run using
that token (or pre-configured values) as separate commands. The
WPS_NFC_TOKEN output can be written to a NFC tag using an external
program, i.e., wpa_supplicant does not need to have low-level code for
NFC operations for this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Previously, a pending scan request could be left running when processing
DISCONNECT command from control interface. This can result in unexpected
scan, so cancel the request to avoid this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use wpa_supplicant_set_state() to initialize state to DISCONNECT so that
autoscan gets initialized properly. This needs a change in
autoscan_init() to avoid extra scan request that would postpone the
first scan request when an interface is added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The first time the limit is exceeded could result in using larger
value - avoid that by limiting the interval also in that case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This module will sets a fixed scanning interval. Thus, the parameter to
this module is following this format: <fixed interval>
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
This module will compute the interval on a base exponential. Thus,
params to this module are following this format: <base>:<limit>
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Like bgscan, autoscan is an optional module based feature to automate
scanning but while disconnected or inactive.
Instead of requesting directly a scan, it only sets the scan_interval
and the sched_scan_interval. So, if the driver supports sched_scan,
autoscan will be able to tweak its interval. Otherwise, the tweaked
scan_interval will be used. If scan parameters needs to be tweaked, an
autoscan_params pointer in wpa_s will provide those. So req_scan /
req_sched_scan will not set the scan parameters as they usually do, but
instead will use this pointer.
Modules will not have to request a scan directly, like bgscan does.
Instead, it will need to return the interval it wants after each
notification.
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Some drivers may independently decide to switch channels. Handle this by
updating the hostapd and wpa_supplicant AP and GO configuration.
Signed-hostap: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Some of the authentication/association failure paths left wpa_state to
its previous value. This can result in unexpected behavior when
wpa_supplicant tries to find an AP to connect to since the uncleared
state can result the in the selected BSS being ignored if it is same as
the previously used BSS. This could happen, e.g., when wpa_supplicant
SME was used and the AP rejected authentication. Fix this by explicitly
setting state to DISCONNECTED on auth/assoc failures that did not yet do
this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
A p2p_find during provisioning shall not allow the enrollee to
pick the network, hence disable p2p_find during provisioning.
Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
The wpas_p2p_pd_before_join_timeout could be left behind if the PD
Request in p2p_connect-auto case does not succeed. This timeout can
result in unexpected operations since it could trigger join operation
while going through GO Negotiation. Fix this by canceling the timeout
when falling back to GO Negotiation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add an additional parameter to prioritize either sta or p2p connection
to resolve conflicts arising during single channel concurrency.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
This avoids issues with some APs rejecting a reassociation if the
station is not currently associated as reported by Yossi Wortzel.
The change is based on a patch from Arik Nemtsov.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 361cdf3400 changed the way the
group formation timeout is used on P2P client. However, it resulted in
clearing the timeout on the GO when the GO started beaconing. This is
not correct since the timeout is supposed to be maintained until at
least the completion of the WPS provisioning step. Fix this regression
by clearing the timeout here only in the case we are not GO in group
formation phase.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is possible for wpa_state to be WPA_DISCONNECTED when a new scan is
scheduled to be started in the future. If wpas_wps_cancel() gets called
(e.g., through control interface wps_cancel or a P2P group removal)
while in that state, the WPS operation (scan request and special network
block) were not removed. Fix this by clearing the WPS operations both in
WPA_SCANNING and WPA_DISCONNECTED states.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The previous version set scan_res_handler unconditionally and then
cleared it if scan request failed. This can result in incorrect clearing
of the handler to NULL for a previously started scan that has not yet
completed. This can make p2p_find command fail to use the
start-after-scan-completion mechanism in some cases. Fix this by setting
scan_res_handler properly after having verified that the driver command
for starting the scan was successful.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Perform addition additional scan runs on the operating channel of the GO
(if known from previous scan results) and fall back to initiate the PD
for GO Negotiation if these additional scans do not detect the peer as
GO.
Signed-hostap: Sunil Dutt Undekari <duttus@codeaurora.org>
Commit 361cdf3400 extended the use of
group formation timeout for the way handshake, but the registration was
done on the group_interface while the cancellation was done on the
parent interface. Fix the registration to set the eloop timeout on
parent to address potential issues when using a separate group
interface.
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
When looking for a BSS to eject due to too many entries, never
pick one that is in use. Otherwise, we run the risk of having
pointers to freed data.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Send an "EAP" signal via the new DBus interface under various
conditions during EAP authentication:
- During method selection (ACK and NAK)
- During certificate verification
- While sending and receiving TLS alert messages
- EAP success and failure messages
This provides DBus callers a number of new tools:
- The ability to probe an AP for available EAP methods
(given an identity).
- The ability to identify why the remote certificate was
not verified.
- The ability to identify why the remote peer refused
a TLS connection.
Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Use an empty IPv4 packet as the keep-alive packet for WNM BSS max idle
period mechanism. This is not really the best possible frame to use for
this, but for now, it can do until a more suitable frame is figured out
for this (e.g., special LLC header to indicate link test purposes).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period
information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse
this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a
timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The
actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet
implemented.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit aa9bb7644b improved robustness
of p2p_connect-auto mechanism by using older scan results to help in
determination whether the peer was operating a GO. Improve this by
accepting new GO information from scan-for-WPS-provisioning results
even if the GO is not yet ready for WPS.
In addition, fix an issue where Provision Discovery exchange timeout
could have left offchannel TX operation in progress when the fallback
was used.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is a workaround for interoperability issues with some deployed P2P
implementations that require a Provision Discovery exchange to be used
before GO Negotiation. The new provdisc parameter for the p2p_connect
command can be used to request this behavior without having to run a
separate p2p_prov_disc command.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Excessive debug level can now be used to dump the IEs received in scan
results from both Beacon and Probe Response frames. This makes it easier
to debug issues where the driver (or well, more likely cfg80211) does
not update the IEs based on Beacon frames if even a single Probe
Response frame has been received.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, wpa_supplicant did not specify BSSID to any connection
request if the driver indicated that it will take care of BSS selection.
This is fine for most use cases, but can result to issues if the network
block has an explicit bssid parameter to select which BSS is to be used.
Fix this by setting BSSID and channel when the network block includes the
bssid parameter even if the driver indicates support for BSS selection.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
If WPS commands are used with a specific BSSID instead of wildcard,
the BSSID that was supposed to be used only for the provisioning step
may end up getting copied to the network block that gets provisioned
based on the WPS credentials. Fix this by clearing ssid->bssid_set
when creating the network block by replacing the block used for WPS
provisioning.
This issue could show up with the provisioned network not getting
selected properly with APs that have multiple radios. Depending on
the driver, this could result in only a single one of the available
BSSes being available or the connection failing completely.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used
without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for
this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver
interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for
backwards compatibility.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
I think this should fix the following valgrind complaint:
==1972== Source and destination overlap in memcpy(0x5181708, 0x5181708, 16)
==1972== at 0x4A073BA: memcpy (mc_replace_strmem.c:602)
==1972== by 0x45872B: wpas_wps_set_uuid (wps_supplicant.c:1116)
==1972== by 0x4599EC: wpas_wps_update_config (wps_supplicant.c:1747)
==1972== by 0x4C8DB0: wpa_supplicant_update_config (wpa_supplicant.c:3090)
==1972== by 0x4C3E5E: wpa_supplicant_reload_configuration (wpa_supplicant.c:746)
==1972== by 0x4B8B37: wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_process (ctrl_iface.c:4082)
==1972== by 0x4BA39C: wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_receive (ctrl_iface_unix.c:168)
==1972== by 0x4114D4: eloop_sock_table_dispatch_table (eloop.c:335)
==1972== by 0x411541: eloop_sock_table_dispatch (eloop.c:352)
==1972== by 0x41200D: eloop_run (eloop.c:766)
==1972== by 0x4C8B43: wpa_supplicant_run (wpa_supplicant.c:3010)
==1972== by 0x4D44AD: main (main.c:286)
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The P2P implementation assumes that the first wpa_s interface instance
is used to manage P2P operations and the P2P module maintains a pointer
to this interface in msg_ctx. This can result in issues (e.g., use of
freed memory) when the management interface is removed. Fix this by
deinitializing global P2P data if the interface that created it is
removed. This will disable P2P until the next interface is added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
If the AP indicates support for Hotspot 2.0, show this in the
ctrl_iface commands for BSS table and status.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are no plans to continue making the Windows binary package for
wpa_supplicant for 1.x or newer releases, so remove the scripts and
notes that are related to this.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used with P2P management operations that need to verify
whether the local device is operating a specific group based on
P2P Group ID attribute from a peer.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry
for it was not updated in the single scan run started by
p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer
if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve
robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting
the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the
single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Do not try to associate with a network that has an invalid or incomplete
configuration because the association or at least data connection would
fail anyway. This commits adds a common function for checking whether a
network block is disabled to make it easier to check network blocks
without having to reject them during configuration file parsing (which
would prevent wpa_supplicant from starting). The only additional check
added in this commit is to verify the WEP key length. Similar checks for
other parameters can be added in future commits.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This adds the copyright notice for Intel and moves to the license
notification that uses only the BSD license. The changes were
acknowledged by email ("Berg, Johannes" <johannes.berg@intel.com>,
Mon, 7 May 2012 07:33:53 +0000).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Both EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' use USIM. Without this change, use of real
USIM card for EAP-AKA' was not allowed to proceed, i.e., only the
software simulated USIM operations were supported.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
This workaround for Windows 7 WPS probing mechanism was previously
allowed only with hostapd, but the same interoperability issue can
happen with wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode. Allow the workaround to be
enabled in wpa_supplicant configuration for these uses.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is needed to allow the max_sta_num parameter set in the main
configuration file to apply to dynamically created P2P group
interfaces.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Since we are reporting 20/40 BSS coex information only for 2.4 GHz band,
there is no need to run the full scan on dualband cards.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for HT STA to report 40 MHz intolerance to the associated AP.
A HT station generates a report (20/40 BSS coexistence) of channel list
if it finds a non-HT capable AP or a HT AP which prohibits 40 MHz
transmission (i.e., 40 MHz intolerant bit is set in HT capabilities IE)
from the scan results.
Parse the OBSS scan parameter from Beacon or Probe Response frames and
schedule periodic scan to generate 20/40 coexistence channel report if
requested to do so. This patch decodes Scan Interval alone from the OBSS
Scan Parameters element and triggers scan on timeout.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Commit 7de5688d68 started using
wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_ctrl_rsp_handle() from the D-Bus code, but
left this function in ctrl_iface.c that is included conditionally. Fix
this by moving the common function into wpa_supplicant.c so that it can
be included for builds that include only either ctrl_iface or D-Bus.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
An existing persistent group information can now be used to force GO
Negotiation to use the previously used SSID/passphrase from a persistent
group if we become a GO. This can be used as an alternative to inviting
a new P2P peer to join the group (i.e., use GO Negotiation with GO
intent 15 instead of starting an autonomous GO and using invitation),
e.g., in case a GO Negotiation Request is received from a peer while we
are not running as a GO. The persistent group to use for parameters is
indicated with persistent=<network id> parameter to p2p_connect.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant can now be requested to automatically figure out whether
the indicated peer is operating as a GO and if so, use join-a-group
style PD instead of pre-GO Negotiation PD.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The p2p_dev_addr parameter in the P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE event (added in
commit f65a239ba4) was supposed to the P2P
Device Address of the peer, not the local device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The man page source was not up-to-date with removed driver wrappers,
so bring in the wpa_supplicant/README changes to make this somewhat
closer to the current state.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Make wpa_supplicant_event() more consistent by not checking
data in either location handling EVENT_RX_MGMT events. This event
is required to specify the data so this pointer cannot be NULL.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In most languages, DBus dictionaries are mapped to either sorted maps
or hash tables, so you can't control the actual ordering of the
generated a{sv}. Relying on ordering in this method is unnecessary and
makes it use from DBus much harder.
Signed-hostap: Adrien Bustany <adrien.bustany@nokia.com>
Add provisional discovery failure ctrl_iface event
(P2P-PROV-DISC-FAILURE) to indicate to the application layer in case of
PD failure.
Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
When the network configuration includes exactly the number of
scan_ssid=1 networks as the driver supports for scan_sched and no
networks need wildcard SSID scan, there is no need to use sched_scan
timeout. Check this condition and optimize this case to avoid the extra
sched_scan start/stop operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The debug messages were showing the opposite of what the actual
implementation was doing for sched_scan timeout.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This new configuration parameter can be used to disable automatic
offloading of scan requests to the driver which was previously used
by default if the driver supported sched_scan.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Using the socket command interface, it is possible to pass a NULL dst to
wpas_p2p_sd_request, however you could not do so using the D-Bus API,
since it required a valid Peer object path. This patch changes the
behavior, so that if the "peer_object" is missing from the parameters,
a NULL dst is passed to wpas_p2p_sd_request.
Signed-hostap: Adrien Bustany <adrien.bustany@nokia.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
This patch cleans up the P2PDevice D-Bus interface for the hostap-1
release. A spelling error is corrected and P2PDeviceProperties is
renamed to clarify that this data is configuration data and not the
total collection of Properties for the P2PDevice interface.
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The D-Bus property getters should not return an error when the
properties are not valid/relevant. Returning an error breaks the
GetAll method in the dbus interface. Change Group and PeerGO
property getters to make GetAll work on P2PDevice.
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
A special value p2p_group_idle=-1 can now be used to configure the P2P
group idle mechanism to terminate a P2P client group immediately on any
disconnection after the completion of the initial 4-way handshake.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of relying on the P2P group idle timeout before the group
connection has been fully established, re-start the group formation
timeout in the end of the WPS provisioning step and clear it at the
successful completion of the initial 4-way handshake. This allows the
P2P group idle timeout to be set to a small value without triggering it
during the initial scan and connection attempt.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_drv_scan() may fail for the initial p2p_connect join scan request,
e.g., if the driver happened to be scanning at the time the new
operation was initialized. Previously, a special scan result handler was
registered regardless of whether the new scan was started. This could
result in partial scan results (e.g., from p2p_find social scan) from
being used as full results for join (or now more importantly for
p2p_connect auto) purposes. Fix this by registering the new scan result
handler only if wpa_drv_scan() returns success.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_connect command can now be used with an optional "auto" parameter
to request wpa_supplicant to determine automatically whether to use
join-a-group operation (if the peer is operating as a GO) or group
formation. This makes it easier for external programs to handle
connection type selection by offloading this to wpa_supplicant. The
previously used p2p_connect join commands can be replaced with
p2p_connect auto to use this new mechanism.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous commit did not use the correct pointer in all operations
and was specific to station mode interfaces. Fix and extend it to work
with AP/GO interfaces, too.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the driver does not indicate support for multi-channel concurrency,
abort join-group operation if the end result would result in use of
multiple operating frequencies with the same radio.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This brings up the changes from defconfig into the Android configuration
file, but does not change any of the actual build parameters.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This was never really completed and is of not much use at this point,
so clean up the repository by removing the Symbian-specific changes.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This optional parameter to the BSS command can be used to select which
fields are included in the output to avoid having to parse through
unneeded information and to reduce the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
When a supplicant is deinited and shutting, disconnect from P2P groups.
This fixes a memory leak on variable dbus_groupobj_path on exiting
supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
When forming a P2P group using WSC PIN method, if the PIN is entered
incorrectly the P2P client supplicant instance will crash as a result
of cleanup happening on data that is still in use in a case where a
separate P2P group interface is used.
For example, here is the path for the first crash:
eap_wsc_process():
- creates struct wpabuf tmpbuf; on the stack
- sets data->in_buf = &tmpbuf;
- calls wps_process_msg()
- which calls wps_process_wsc_msg()
- which, in case WPS_M4: calls wps_fail_event()
- which calls wps->event_cb()
- wps->event_cb = wpa_supplicant_wps_event()
- wpa_supplicant_wps_event()
- wpa_supplicant_wps_event_fail()
- which calls wpas_clear_wps()
- which calls wpas_notify_network_removed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_network_removed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_group_formation_timeout()
- which calls wpas_group_formation_completed()
- which calls wpas_p2p_group_delete()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_remove_iface()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface()
- which calls wpa_supplicant_cleanup()
- which calls eapol_sm_deinit()
- ... which eventually uses the ptr data->in_buf to free tmpbuf, our
stack variable and then the supplicant crashes
If you fix this crash, you'll hit another. Fix it and then a segfault.
The way we're cleaning up and deleting data from under ourselves here
just isn't safe, so make the teardown portion of this async.
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
There is no need to force this configuration parameter to be written
into the configuration file for each network block that has not modified
the default value.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
I think this comment, as originally stated, says the opposite of
what is meant. Reword to help the next guy.
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
For concurrency scenarios we should not update the scan results without
P2P IE to P2P group interfaces. This patch is to take care if a scan has
been requested on STA interface and scan results are getting updated
from sibling to P2P group interface. A P2P GO Probe Response for a
legacy STA scan would be without P2P IE. So it will wrongly update the
BSS list of P2P group interface too when results are updated from
sibling.
Since P2P group interfaces are used only for connecting to a P2P group,
it is fine to filter out all non-P2P entries from their BSS table.
Signed-off-by: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
For debugging I needed to look at the frames in a wpa_supplicant debug
log. Looking at the hexdump is a bit tedious, so I wrote a quick script
to convert the nl80211 debugging output to a PCAP file that can be
opened in wireshark.
I've polished the initial raw script a bit to add error messages and to
also record the timestamps to the pcap file.
Hopefully it's useful to somebody else as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wps_vendor_ext_m1 configuration parameter can now be used to add a
vendor specific attribute into the WPS M1 message, e.g., for
Windows Vertical Pairing.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a
Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because
sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use
this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the
group idle timeout.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpas_notify_state_changed() notified about disconnection when
new_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED, without checking the old state. This
results in extra processing which can be avoided by checking that
old_state was connected.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
On P2P group removal, the GO is deinitialized correctly (and the vif
mode is set back to sta in case of nl80211), but the P2P client mode
wasn't deinitialized, and the nl80211 vif stays in P2P client mode.
Add a new deinit_p2p_cli op (similar to deinit_ap), which currently only
sets the interface back to station mode.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Commit 2d43d37ff2 broke EVENT_RX_MGMT
processing in wpa_supplicant AP mode. ap_mgmt_rx() needs to be called
for Probe Request frames even if they get notified through the new
D-Bus signal mechanism.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify
devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they
connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify
non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals).
As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an
interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always
flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then
unicast only to that application.
A small test script is also included.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting
it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never
populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate
IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that.
Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal
field to be in dBm units only.
My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe
requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the
necessary APIs.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable control of wpa_s->scan_interval via D-Bus. This parameter
controls the delay between successive scans for a suitable AP.
Also, update dbus.doxygen with ScanInterval, and some other
parameters that were undocumented.
Signed-hostap: Mukesh Agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
Some of the standard lib functions being used directly are redefined in
src/utils/os.h thus providing an abstraction. Change code to use os_*
functions instead of directly using the lib functions.
Signed-hostap: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
Add the option (-T) to wpa_supplicant to log all debug messages into the
kernel tracing, allowing to aggregate kernel debugging with
wpa_supplicant debugging and recording all with trace-cmd.
Since tracing has relatively low overhead and can be filtered
afterwards, record all messages regardless of log level. However, it
will honor the -K option and not record key material by default.
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A network block specific background scan period can now be configured
for drivers that implement internal background scan mechanism for
roaming and BSS selection.
Signed-hostap: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the username part in the credential does not include a realm,
generate one automatically based on the configured realm information.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make the connection change on Interworking network selection cases
clearer by forcing the previous association to be dropped before trying
to start a new one.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is no need to use reassociation instead of association in a case
the previous connection was explicitly disconnected.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Implement wps_cancel for hostapd similarly to how it was already
supported in wpa_supplicant AP mode.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
p2p_pref_chan configuration parameter can now be used to set the
list of preferred channel for P2P GO Negotiation. This will be used
in the priority order if the peer does not support the channel we
are trying to use as the GO (configured operating channel or the
best 2.4 GHz/5 GHz channel) for the case where a forced channel is
not used.
p2p_pref_chan=<op class:channel>,...
For example:
p2p_pref_chan=81:1,81:2,81:3,81:4,81:5,81:6
This would configure 2.4 GHz channels 1-6 as the preferred ones with
channel 1 the most preferred option.
These configuration parameters can be set in wpa_supplicant.conf and
dynamically updated with "wpa_cli set <param> <value>".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the ctrl_iface SCAN command to be used to run through a scan
to collect full scan results when sched_scan is in progress. sched_scan
will be re-started automatically after the full scan.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds a configuration in network block, ap_max_inactivity, for
station's inactivity period when in AP mode. The time period is
configured in seconds, by default 300 seconds.
Signed-hostap: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the normal group formation timeout during the provisioning phase to
avoid terminating this process too early due to group idle timeout.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the p2p_group_add command does not specify the operating channel,
make sure the operating channel set in the configuration file meets
the P2P requirements in the same way as is done with the frequency
specified as the command parameter.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Group properties are now accessible individually. The function to retrieve
the dictionary containing the group properties is removed in favor of the
individual functions. The group member properties are removed as well as
they erroneously retrieved the group properties via the old function.
Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
After reallocation of the bss struct, current_bss wasn't updated and
could hold an invalid pointer (which might get dereferenced later).
Update current_bss if the pointer was changed.
Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
If multiple station mode radios are bridged together on the same device,
it is possible for wpa_supplicant to receive EAPOL frames from the
bridge interface and then process them separately for each interface.
This can results in problems since multiple instances of supplicant side
could end up trying to process a single 4-way handshake. Avoid this
problem by filtering bridge interface EAPOL RX based on the desctination
MAC address. It should be noted that this works only when unicast
addresses are used (e.g., with WLAN) and not with the IEEE 802.1X EAPOL
group address (e.g., most wired networks).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use separate mnc_len parameter instead of expecting the imsi parameter
to be in special MCC|MNC|-|<MSIN> format to make this function more
generic.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows Interworking network selection to be used with EAP-TLS
(client certificate/private key based credential).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, this provisioning info was cleared using the P2P Interface
Address of the GO as the key. That did not always work in the case the
where we joined an already running group. This could result in the next
connection to that same GO skipping provision discovery. Fix this by
finding the peer entry based on its P2P Device Address instead of the
P2P Interface Address which may not always be set.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Commit 6bf731e8ce broke handling of
EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED by introducing a cached copy of the driver
channel list that does not get updated even if driver changes its list.
Fix this by synchronizing the cacched wpa_s->hw.modes information
whenever EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED is processed. This fixes P2P channel
list updates based on regulatory domain hints that may trigger driver to
change its supported channel list.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
When wpa_supplicant disconnects, e.g., due to authentication timeout,
we need to go through the EVENT_DISASSOC/DEAUTH processing similarly
to the driver triggered cases to get correct events delivered to the
ctrl_iface. Fix this by calling wpa_supplicant_event() in these cases
and by filtering out the confusing CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event with
all zeros BSSID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If a GO Negotiation peer is found, wpas_p2p_stop_find() stops the
negotiation and p2p_cancel can return success.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since P2P GO cannot change the SSID after WPS provisioning step, we
can use the specific SSID for the scan for data connection. In addition,
mark this as p2p_probe to avoid unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Copy the SSID and frequency of the selected group into go_params in
join-a-running-group case so that the scan optimization can be used for
the provisioning step similarly to the case of group formation. This
uses a specific SSID and a single channel scan to avoid unnecessary
frames during the step.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since the P2P client learns the SSID of the group during GO Negotiation,
use the specific SSID in the Probe Request frames during the
provisioning step. This helps in avoiding unnecessary Probe Response
frames from other P2P GOs or APs.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use Device Password ID in WSC IE of Probe Request and Probe Response
frames to advertise immediate availability of WPS credentials per P2P
specification sections 3.1.2.1.1 (Listen State), 3.1.2.1.2 (Scan Phase),
and 3.1.2.1.3 (Find Phase).
For now, the Device Password ID is set only for the case where we are
active GO Negotiation with a specific peer. In practice, this means that
the Probe Response frames during pending GO Negotiation (whenever in
Listen state) indicate availability of the credential.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This also disables WPS support if hidden SSID is enabled in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
New global configuration parameters pcsc_reader and pcsc_pin can now be
used to initialize PC/SC reader context at start of wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These are from Android wpa_supplicant_8.git initial 0.8.X commit
8d520ff1dc2da35cdca849e982051b86468016d8 with some additional edits and
renaming of .config files to android.config.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This can be used to disable wpa_supplicant controlled roaming. It should
be noted that the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION capability is the
preferred way for this and CONFIG_NO_ROAMING should be obsoleted once
drivers support the new NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT capability
advertisement.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Move disassociate and deauthenticate commands to ctrl_iface_ap.c, so
that they ares accessible for wpa_supplicant AP mode and wpa_cli (with
CONFIG_AP option enabled).
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
The org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface is now supported for peer
properties. Ensure that GetAll will work by having the IEs property
function return NULL data instead of a failure until it is implemented.
Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Commit 3f6e50ac28 made it possible to access
P2P peer properties using the org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties interface.
While maintaining the original intent of that patch we make two changes
to it here:
First, 3f6e50ac28 changed the type used to
represent the WPS vendor extension data from bytes to a string. In
addition to the type change the way in which the vendor extension data
was provided to the function creating the string was incorrect and would
not present the correct vendor extension data even in string format.
Revert the type change made in 3f6e50ac28
and present the WPS vendor extension data as an array of an array of
bytes as it was before.
Second, 3f6e50ac28 changes the secondary
device types representation from an array of an array of bytes to an
array of bytes. Revert that change to make secondary device types
accessible via an array of an array of bytes again.
Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
If a wpabuf array is used to store basic typed data that we would like
to send over D-Bus then this utility will be of help when it places the
data in a variant with format aa? (array of an array of type ?, with ?
indicating any basic type).
Signed-hostap: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The wpas_p2p_group_idle_timeout was getting cancelled in the beginning
of wpas_p2p_group_delete(). However, in the case of P2P client role,
this function called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() next and that ended
up changing state to WPA_DISCONNECTED which resulted in
wpas_p2p_notif_disconnected() rescheduling the timeout. This left the
unexpected timeout behind after the group was removed. If another group
operation was started within P2P_MAX_CLIENT_IDLE (10) seconds, that
timeout could end up terminating the group while it was still being set
up.
Fix this by reordering wpas_p2p_group_delete() to cancel the group idle
timeout only after having called wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(). The
group idle timeout is still rescheduled, but it gets removed immediately
afterwards when the actual group information is being cleared.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The previous elements need to be moved only if we are inserting the new
network in the middle of the list. While the memmove of zero bytes at
the end of the array does not cause real problems, some static analyzers
complain about this, so in addition to slightly optimized
implementation, this removes some analyzer warnings, too.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit 9914c96feb moved sizeof(nai) to a
helper function and broke the determination of maximum buffer length.
Fix this by moving the sizeof() to the functions that define the buffer.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This makes WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED more consistent in indicating that
wpa_supplicant cannot currently control the interface regardless of
whether the interface is disabled or completely removed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
A list of disallowed frequencies for P2P channel list can now be
configured with P2P_SET disallow_freq. The frequencies (or frequency
pairs) are comma separated. For example:
wpa_cli p2p_set disallow_freq 2462,5000-6000
The allowed P2P channel list is constructed by removing explicitly
disallowed channels from the channel list received from the driver.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This was previously fixed for most cases in commit
ffad885837, but the check here for
drivers that implement SME/MLME was missed in that commit.
This removes the P2P IE from (Re)Association Request frame with
drivers that do not use wpa_supplicant SME implementation and are
P2P cabable when associating with a non-P2P AP (i.e., not a GO or
P2P WLAN manager AP).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Previously, network block -based connection could have been used to
override ANQP-based selection. However, if no ANQP-based matches were
present, no connection was started. Fix this by trying to connect if
any enabled network block has a match in the BSS table.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows credentials to be set with a specific priority to allow
the automatic network selection behavior to be controlled with user
preferences. The priority values are configured to the network block
and BSS selection will select the network based on priorities from
both pre-configured network blocks and credentials.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
New wpa_cli commands list_creds, add_cred, remove_cred, and set_cred
can now be used to manage credentials similarly to the commands used
with network blocks.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This replaces the global home_* parameters with a list of credentials
that can be configured similarly to network blocks. For example:
cred={
realm="example.com"
username="user@example.com"
password="password"
ca_cert="/etc/wpa_supplicant/ca.pem"
domain="example.com"
}
cred={
imsi="310026-000000000"
milenage="90dca4eda45b53cf0f12d7c9c3bc6a89:cb9cccc4b9258e6dca4760379fb82581:000000000123"
}
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use Domain Name List (ANQP) and the new home_domain configuration
parameter to figure out whether a network is operated by the home
service provider and if so, prefer it over networks that would
require roaming.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows previously configured network profiles to be used so
that user can indicate preference of manually configured networks.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to filter out scan results based
on a BSSID filter. Space-separated set of allowed BSSIDs can be set
with wpa_cli set bssid_filter command. Filtering mechanism can be
disabled by setting this variable to an empty list. When set, only
the BSSes that have a matching entry in this list will be accepted
from scan results.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Extra parameter "no-connect" can now be added to the ENABLE_NETWORK
ctrl_iface command to avoid automatic connection to the enabled
network.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"wpa_cli set radio_disabled 1/0" can be used to disable/enable
radio to simulate out-of-radio-range condition in a testbed
device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Normal scan is more reliable and faster for WPS operations and since
these are for short periods of time, the benefit of trying to use
sched_scan would be limited. This can fix WPS connectivity issues
with some drivers.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
In IBSS RSN cfg80211/mac80211 now waits for userspace to authorize new
stations. This patch makes wpa_supplicant notify the driver when a
station can be considered authorized.
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
When using more than around 200 virtual stations, we start hitting the
max number of file descriptors supported by select(). This patch adds
support for poll(), which has no hard upper limit.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Commit 3c85f144ce fixed issues with P2P
Action frame TX after disconnection by clearing wpa_s->assoc_freq.
This resulted in a regression to the post-WPS scan optimization that
used wpa_s->assoc_freq to enable fast single-channel scan. Fix this by
copying wpa_s->assoc_freq to a local variable before calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate() that ends up calling
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which will clear assoc_freq.
Reported-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Remove the GPL notification text from files that were initially
contributed by Atheros Communications or Qualcomm Atheros.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Simplify licensing terms for hostap.git by selecting the BSD license
alternative for any future distribution. This drops the GPL v2
alternative from distribution terms and from contribution requirements.
The BSD license alternative that has been used in hostap.git (the one
with advertisement clause removed) is compatible with GPL and as such
the software in hostap.git can still be used with GPL projects. In
addition, any new contribution to hostap.git is expected to be licensed
under the BSD terms that allow the changes to be merged into older
hostap repositories that still include the GPL v2 alternative.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Since there is the method org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.GetAll that
returns all properties from a specific interface, it makes more sense to
separate the properties to make it possible to get only a single
property using the method org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Get as well.
Signed-hostap: Flávio Ceolin <flavio.ceolin@profusion.mobi>
This fixes a build regression from commit
cd2f4ddfb9 by moving
wpa_supplicant_assoc_update_ie() outside the no-scan-processing ifdef
block.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The BSS ctrl_iface command can sow the age of a BSS table entry to
make it easier for external programs to figure out whether an entry
is still current depending on the use case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"BSS p2p_dev_addr=<P2P Device Address>" can now be used to fetch a
specific BSS entry based on the P2P Device Address of the GO to avoid
having to iterate through the full BSS table when an external program
needs to figure out whether a specific peer is currently operating as
a GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When a GO is operating a persistent group and invites a peer that has
been a P2P client in that persistent group, the Invitation Type in the
Invitation Request frame can be set to 1 to indicate that this is a
reinvocation of a persistent group. Do this based on the maintained
list of P2P clients that have been provided the credentials to this
group.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Even though the Provision Discovery Response frame from PD-before-join
does not really provide any additional information, it can be better to
wait for it before starting the join operation. This adds a minimal
extra latency in the most common case and cleans up the sequence of
driver operations and debug log by avoiding potential processing of the
Provision Discovery Response while already running a scan for the actual
connection.
If transmission of Provision Discovery Request fails, join operation is
started without the additional wait. In addition, a new timeout is used
to start the join if Provision Discovery Response is lost for any
reason.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Provision Discovery is used as a notification to the GO in the case we
are about join a running group. In such case, there is not much point in
indicating the provision discovery response events to external programs
especially when the PIN-to-be-displayed was different from the one
returned for the p2p_connect command. Skip this confusing event
completely for join-a-running-group case.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
These changes account for situations where the CQM threshold
might be approximately the same as the currently received signal,
and thus CQM events are triggered often due to measurement
error/small fluctuations. This results in scanning occurring
too frequently.
Firstly, inhibit the immediate scan when the short-scan count
is at the maximum. This keeps bursts of CQM toggling from
causing a torrent of back-to-back scans. This does not inhibit
immediate scans if the CQM triggers a second time (if the signal
falls lower past the hysteresis). This reduces the scan rate in
the worst case (fast-rate toggling high/low CQM events) to the
short scan interval.
Secondly, change the behavior of the short scan count so it acts like
a "leaky bucket". As we perform short-scans, the bucket fills until
it reaches a maximal short-scan count, at which we back-off and
revert to a long scan interval. The short scan count decreases by
one (emptying the bucket) every time we complete a long scan interval
without a low-RSSI CQM event.
This reduces the impact of medium-rate toggling of high/low CQM
events, reducing the number of short-interval scans that occur before
returning to a long-interval if the system was recently doing
short scans.
Driver global init was considered a hard failure. Thus if, for example,
you used the Broadcom STA driver and didn't have nl80211 or cfg80211
loaded into the kernel, and specified a driver value of "nl80211,wext",
the nl80211 driver's global init would fail with the following message:
nl80211: 'nl80211' generic netlink not found
Failed to initialize driver 'nl80211'
but since global init was a hard failure, creating the supplicant
interface would fail and the WEXT driver would not be tried.
Give other drivers a chance instead.
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
The setter function uses the same hostapd_data structure as the getter
which causes it to crash if called on a P2P client. To overcome this
issue, the role is checked to ensure it is called on a group owner and
the pointer is examined for validity. The function will return an error
if called on a non-GO system.
Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
When using DBus to get group properties, a segmentation fault is
generated on P2P clients due to a NULL pointer for the ap_iface struct.
The current implementation only returns vendor extensions when called on
a P2P group owner.
The code now checks the P2P role which allows for role-specific
information to be provided. This also fixes the crash issue by only
looking for the correct structures based on the current P2P role.
Signed-hostap: Todd Previte <toddx.a.previte@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
intended-for: hostap-1
When looking for PMKSA cache entries to use with a new association, only
accept entries created with the same network block that was used to
create the cache entry.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The disconnection command results in disassociation and deauthentication
events which were previously processed during the scan in case of
select_network command being used while associated with another network.
While this works in most cases, it can result in confusing event
messages in ctrl_iface and debug log. Avoid this by using a short delay
between the disconnection and scan request to allow the disconnection
events to be processed prior to starting the new scan.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
intended-for: hostap-1
While the exponential increase in the lockout period provides an
efficient mitigation mechanism against brute force attacks, this
additional trigger to enter indefinite lockout period (cleared by
restarting hostapd) will limit attacks even further by giving maximum of
10 attempts (without authorized user action) even in a very long term
attack.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows HT capabilities overrides on kernels that
support these features.
MCS Rates can be disabled to force to slower speeds when using HT.
Rates cannot be forced higher.
HT can be disabled, forcing an 802.11a/b/g/n station to act like
an 802.11a/b/g station.
HT40 can be disabled.
MAX A-MSDU can be disabled.
A-MPDU Factor and A-MPDU Density can be modified.
Please note that these are suggestions to the kernel. Only mac80211
drivers will work at all. The A-MPDU Factor can only be decreased and
the A-MPDU Density can only be increased currently.
Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Now that CTRL-EVENT-TERMINATING even is sent at the end of interface
removal in case wpa_supplicant process is going to terminate, there
is no need for this duplicated event in the signal handler.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows TERMINATING ctrl_iface event to be sent at the end of the
deinit sequence to avoid race conditions with new operations that this
event may trigger while wpa_supplicant would still be running through
the deinitialization path.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This avoids issues with some external program starting to use the
interface based on the interface removal event before wpa_supplicant
has completed deinitialization of the driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This will be needed to be able to move ctrl_iface TERMINATING event to
the end of interface removal.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
current_bss and pending_bssid weren't cleaned up so BSS
kept appearing in the scan results even when it was actually gone.
Use wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() to cleanup the wpa_s context
instead of just dropping wpa_state back to DISCONNECTED.
Reported-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
For drivers limited to scan a single SSID at a time, this prevents
waiting too long for a wildcard scan in case there are several
scan_ssid networks in the configuration.
Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
This changes the install target such that parent directories of
installed paths area created and each path is only installed
on a dependency basis.
Signed-off-by: Grant Erickson <marathon96@gmail.com>
This is a useful function that simplifies some code and can eventually
be used somewhere else in future.
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
These properties did not work on big endian PowerPC (always 100% for
Signal and 0 for Frequency) due to endianness problem (u32 to u16 data
loss).
Signed-off-by: Sylvestre Gallon <ccna.syl@gmail.com>
Perforce does not like @ in the file name and since these template files
do not really need to have that in the name, make the files in
repository friendlier to Perforce. The generated *.service file will
maintain their old names.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When the "bssid=" option is set for an IBSS network and ap_scan = 2,
ask the driver to fix this BSSID, if possible.
Previously, any "bssid=" option were ignored in IBSS mode when ap_scan=2.
Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Provide a means over DBus to set the conf->fast_reauth
property, which controls whether TLS session resumption
should be attempted for EAP-TLS 802.1X networks.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
wpas_wps_in_use() was forcing WPS to be enabled unconditionally if P2P
support was included in the build. This is not really the correct
behavior for the case when P2P has been disabled at runtime. Change the
code here to verify runtime configuration of P2P before forcing WPS to
be enabled. This allows WSC IE to be left out from Probe Request frames
when scanning for APs without P2P or WPS being in use.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the
peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while
that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started
sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface
was not used.
In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before
starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded
scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP
with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent
4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in
message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs
use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since
wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs.
Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with
the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again
a mismatch could be seen.
Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on
receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the
scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
dev_id=<P2P Device Addr> can now be specified as an argument to
p2p_find to request P2P find for a specific P2P device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being
processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by
the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism
getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected
locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen
only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code.
Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate
whether the event was generated locally.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Commit e9c3c1afed added a new D-Bus
method and that was enough to push the Introspect XML buffer over
the previously allocated 8000 bytes. Increase the buffer size to
make enough room for P2P interface. In addition, add a debug
message to indicate if an XML segment does not fit into the buffer
to make this types of failures somewhat easier to catch.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The authentication timeout could be triggered after the connection has
already been known to have failed. The event at that point can be
confusing, so better cancel the timeout when processing connection
failure.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the BSSID of the AP is specified in the WPS command, the target
AP is likely already in the BSS table and its operating channel is
known. Use this information to speed up connection by only scanning
the known channel.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The 'network.target' is special (per systemd.special(7)), and is to be
brought up indirectly when network is actually configured (i.e. through
DHCP or static address settings).
Irrelevant of that, all services should be always installed in
multi-user.target.
[Bug 427]
This fixes issues with drivers that do not handle concurrent
remain-on-channel and scan operations in a case where Provision
Discovery Response frame is not received to stop the Action frame
handshake.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the freq parameter is specified and we are already running legacy STA
on a different frequency with a driver that does not support
multi-channel concurrency, reject p2p_group_add. Same code already
exists in the path of P2P connection with go negotiation but is missing
for autonomous GO.
Signed-hostap: Neeraj Garg <neerajkg@broadcom.com>
Add a new persistent group network block field, p2p_client_list, to
maintain a list of P2P Clients that have connected to a persistent
group. This allows GO of a persistent group to figure out more easily
whether re-invocation of a persistent group can be used with a specific
peer device.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Add "persistent=<network id>" line to P2P_PEER ctrl_iface data
if a persistent group credentials are available for this peer.
This makes it easier for external programs to figure out when
a persistent group could be re-invoked with this peer.
For now, this information is only available on the P2P client,
but similar information can be added for GO once a list of P2P
clients is maintained with the persistent group data.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The P2P module provides access to public peer data in struct
p2p_peer_info. Use this to build the P2P_PEER information in
ctrl_iface.c instead of providing such text format data from the P2P
module.
The internal data that was previously built in p2p_get_peer_info() as
part of the text format peer data is now available through a separate
p2p_get_peer_info_txt() function. This is still included in P2P_PEER
output to maintain backwards compatibility with external programs that
could have started to use this. However, it should be noted that this
data is not really supposed to be used for anything else apart from
debugging purposes and its format is subject to change.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
p2p_get_peer_info() was used in multiple places just to check whether a
specific peer is known. This was not the designed use for the function,
so introduce a simpler function for that purpose to make it obvious that
the p2p_get_peer_info() function is actually used only in ctrl_iface.c.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The internal sched_scanning state needs to be cleared on this event
even if the events happen to get ordered in a way that the interface
gets disabled just prior to EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the driver was associated in station mode just before the AP mode was
started, the station mode disassociation event may end up getting
delivered to wpa_supplicant only after the AP mode has been started.
This can result in unexpected attempt to reassociate back to the network
that was previously used in station mode. Avoid this by ignoring the
disassociation event.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The active station connection triggered wpa_supplicant AP mode startup
to try to update Beacon IEs before the AP mode was properly initialized
and that resulted in NULL pointer dereference in driver_nl80211.c. Fix
this by skipping the IE update before the AP mode is initialized.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The p2p_group_idle configuration parameter is much more useful for
GO role, so use a separate hardcoded value of 10 seconds in P2P
client role. In practice, this means that the P2P client role will
automatically tear down the group when the GO tears down the group.
The 10 second timeout is enough to recover from temporary disconnections
without unnecessary tearing down the group if the GO is still present
and allows the client to connect.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When P2P client is processing a disconnection event, make sure the P2P
idle timeout does not get increased, i.e., set a new timeout only if no
timeout is in use. wpa_state changes between DISCONNECTED and SCANNING
can generate multiple calls to wpas_p2p_notif_disconnect() and
previously this was enough to force the idle timeout never hit in
practice when in P2P client role.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from
neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug
message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The Provision Discovery Request needs to be sent on the operating
channel of the GO and as such, the frequency from the BSS table
(scan results) need to override the frequency in the P2P peer
table that could be based on the Listen channel of the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
When in AP mode, wpa_supplicant is now enabling WPS (only Internal
Registrar). WPS.Start() call can be used to initiate WPS negotiation
similarly to how this is done in station mode.
This was done to ctrl_iface by Jouni Malinen on April 21, 2009 (commit
3ec97afe57)
Signed-hostap: Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri <barbieri@profusion.mobi>
The GO negotiation response is very cryptic at the moment. For a success
message we only know on which interface the negotiation succeeded, not
which peer. For a failure we know the interface also and a status code
(number).
It will be very useful for clients to know upon receipt of such a message
which peer the negotiation occurred with.
Now that the peer information is available and the API is changed
already, the function composing the D-Bus message might as well include
all GO negotiation information. This is done with a dict to make things
easier on clients if this result information changes down the line.
Signed-hostap: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Need to remove ROAM command processing since the needed functionality
for it gets removed with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The whole wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_ctrl_rsp_handle() function operates
on the ssid->eap field which exists only if IEEE8021X_EAPOL has been
defined. Therefore the whole function body needs to be enclosed within
an #ifdef/endif block.
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Antonio reported that RSN IBSS failed to work.
We traced it down to a GTK failure, and he then
bisected it to commit bdffdc5ddb:
"AP: Reorder WPA/Beacon initialization".
The reason this commit broke it is that the state
machine's GInit variable is never set to false as
wpa_init_keys() never gets called, and thus new
keys are generated every time the state machine
executes.
Fix this by calling wpa_init_keys() when the new
group has been initialised.
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Tested-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the WPS scans could have been done in associated state if we
happened to be associated when the request to use WPS was received. This
can slow down scanning and end up in unexpected state if no WPS
association is tried. Avoid these issues by disconnecting when WPS
search is started.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Convert core wpa_supplicant code to use u64 instead of void * for the
P2P service discovery reference. Use uintptr_t in type casts in
p2p_supplicant.c to handle the conversion without warnings.
Note: This needs to be revisited for 128-bit CPU where sizeof(void *)
could be larger than sizeof(u64).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Some debug messages used incorrect name for Provision Discovery.
Replace "Provisioning Discovery" with "Provision Discovery".
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
WPS overlap detection can detect false overlap if a P2P peer
changes UUID while authentication is ongoing. Changing UUID
is of course wrong but this is what some popular devices do
so we need to work around it in order to keep compatibility
with these devices. There already is a mechanism in WPS
registrar to skip overlap detection if P2P addresses of two
sessions match but it wasn't really triggered because the
address wasn't filled in in the caller function.
Let's fill in this address and also clean up WPS PBC sessions
on WSC process completion if UUID was changed.
Signed-hostap: Vitaly Wool<vitalywool@gmail.com>
If a P2P group network block is removed for any reason (e.g., wps_cancel
command) while the interface is in group formation, remove the group
formation timeout and indicate failure immediately. Previously, this
type of operations could end up leaving the timeout running and result
in somewhat unexpected group formation failure events later.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID
attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control
interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which
ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize
the joining P2P client.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If p2p_prov_disc join command is used prior to p2p_connect join,
skip the duplicated provision discovery exchange.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
This can be used to request Provision Discovery Request to be sent
for the purpose of joining a running group, e.g., to request the GO
to display a PIN that we can then use with p2p_connect join command.
Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
P2P use cases do not allow use of Label config method and the earlier
code for this has already been removed, but this documentation was not
updated at the same time.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The wpa_state needs to be dropped back to DISCONNECTED to allow scan
results to trigger a new authentication attempt.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has
dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to
reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can
save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity
timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend
which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The wpa_state needs to be dropped back to DISCONNECTED to allow scan
results to trigger a new authentication attempt. In addition, we can use
wpas_connection_failed() instead of requesting a scan after a fixed time
to make this error case more consistent with other similar error paths
in sme.c.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This allows the MAC address of the interface to be changed when the
interface is set down even if the interface does not get completed
removed and re-added.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
I have a test case where I remove and insert another network adapter
between two connections to AP. The interface get the same interface name
but switches macadresses between the connections. When running WPA2 I
got a failure in EAPOL negotiation and found out that the reason for
this was that the supplicant did not update the MAC address in the
correct place.
This script shows some minimal WPS user interface requirements for
mobile AP support with wpa_supplicant.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"wpa_cli status wps" can now be used to fetch the WPA2-Personal
passphrase from AP mode operation with wpa_supplicant to make it
easier to meet WPS requirements for legacy STA support.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When using wpa_supplicant AP mode, WPS support is enabled by default for
WPA/WPA2-Personal. Change this to enforce the WPS2 rules on not allowing
WPS to be used with WPA/TKIP-only configuration (i.e., at minimum, mixed
mode with WPA/TKIP and WPA2/CCMP has to be used for WPS to be enabled).
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
A disconnection event from the driver may end up getting delivered at a
time when wpa_supplicant is not even trying to connect (e.g., during a
scan that was already started after WPS provisioning step). In such a
case, there is not much point calling wpas_connection_failed() and
skipping this avoids confusing attempts of re-starting scanning while
the previous scan is still in progress.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The show_group_started variable could be left to 1 based on an earlier
failed attempt to start P2P client operation. This can result in
unexpected P2P-GROUP-STARTED event when a GO is started without group
formation (e.g., re-invoke a persistent group or start an autonomous
GO). Avoid this by explicitly clearing show_group_start when setting up
the GO.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Set the HT capabilities of a P2P GO according to the wiphy supported
ones. Mask-in a white-list of HT capabilities that won't cause problems
for non-supporting stations.
Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Trying to run sched_scan round every two seconds by defaults sounds way
too frequent since dualband cards are unlikely to be able to complete
the full scan cycle in two seconds. For now, set the hardcoded value to
10 seconds to make this somewhat more reasonable.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When normal scan can speed up operations, use that for the first three
scan runs before starting the sched_scan to allow user space sleep more.
We do this only if the normal scan has functionality that is suitable
for this or if the sched_scan does not have better support for multiple
SSIDs.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Previously, only networks with scan_ssid=1 were included in sched_scan.
This needs to behave similarly to the normal scan where broadcast SSID
is used to find networks that are not scanned for with a specific SSID.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Instead of including only a single SSID in the sched_scan request if
the driver does not support match sets, just drop the SSID filter and
configure more SSIDs up to the sched_scan limit.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
"SET pno <1/0>" ctrl_iface command can now be used to start/stop PNO
with sched_scan driver commands. This will request offloading of
scanning to find any of the enabled networks in the configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The filter_ssids pointer needs to be set to NULL if no SSID filters
are set to avoid filtering out all scan results.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This allows the internal TLS implementation to be built for TLS v1.2
support. In addition to the build option, this changes the TLS PRF
based on the negotiated version number. Though, this commit does not
yet complete support for TLS v1.2.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Send the connection events from P2P group to both the group interface
and parent interface ctrl_ifaces to make it easier for external monitor
programs to see these events without having to listen to all group
interfaces when virtual group interfaces are used.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
The previous implementation was trying to add the first SSID
to a zero-length array. Avoid this with an explicit validation
of the array length.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This cleans up the source code and makes it less likely that new AKM
addition misses some needed changes in the future.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant is going to reject a configuration file that uses
WPA/WPA2-Personal (the default key_mgmt), but does not define
passphrase/PSK. Refuse to save such a configuration to avoid getting
stuck with a configuration that wpa_supplicant will reject.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This is the default value if device_type is not set, so do not
write it to the wpa_supplicant configuration file when saving
updated configuration.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Display signal strength in dBm with visual indicator in the form of a
bar for scan results displayed by wpa_gui-qt4. Any signal > -35dBm is
treated as full signal bar, signals between range of -95<->-35dBm are
displayed linearly. Convert WEXT signal level value to scale that
nl80211 typically reports in dBm. The condition which differentiates
8-bit WEXT dBm and regular dBm is probably fragile, but there is
currently no way to know what the driver is going to report for signal
strength.
Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
Use the no-ACK send_mlme request to transmit Probe Response frames
in P2P Listen state. This reduces number of unnecessary transmissions
if the peer device has already moved away from the channel. It will most
likely go through Search state multiple times anyway, so even if the
response were to be lost, a new retry will happen at higher layer.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In some situations it might be benefical to send a unicast frame without
the need for getting it ACKed (probe responses for example). In order to
achieve this add a new noack parameter to the drivers send_mlme callback
that can be used to advise the driver to not wait for an ACK for this
frame.
Signed-hostap: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Even though scan_ssid should not really be set for wildcard SSID,
better verify that here explicitly insead of assuming that the
SSID is set.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The new event can be used when EAPOL TX status can't be reported as a
complete 802.11 frame but is instead reported as just the EAPOL data as
originally passed to hapd_send_eapol().
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The source code compiles into different objects depending on
the contents of .config. Therefore, the objects should depend
on .config.
Previously, only the executables depended on .config. This meant
that they were re-linked when .config changed. But that relink
process used the old (and now wrong) objects.
Scan wasn't initiated in case the config contained only networks without
scan_ssid. In such a case we want scan to be initiated without any SSIDs
to actively scan but include all the SSIDs in the filter list. Also
added some debug logs to easily see which SSIDs were included in which
list.
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Some drivers do not handle concurrent remain-on-channel operation
requests, so run p2p_stop_find() prior to starting p2p_listen. This
addresses some issues with P2P_LISTEN command being issues again
while already in Listen state.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
In AP mode, authentication algorithm is reset in
hostapd_config_defaults_bss() and never set to the configured one. This
would pass the default auth_algs (OPEN|SHARED) to driver regardless of
what the wpa_supplicant configuration is requesting.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when
a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this
case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is
completed.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
The libnl_2 library uses static linking and different path for
header files in the Android ICS release.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
P2P IE was incorrectly added in wpa_supplicant AP mode even if P2P
function was not actually enabled.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wpa_supplicant AP mode is used, WPS was enabled by default
regardless of security mode. This is not desired for WEP, so change
the AP configuration to enable WPS only for open and WPA/WPA2-Personal
networks.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
This has been obsoleted by the more generic Linux WEXT (driver_wext.c)
support. The hostap and madwifi driver wrappers can now be used only
with hostapd. The old station interface remains available in releases up
to 1.x.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The driver wrappers broadcom, iphone, osx, and ralink have not been
maintained for a while and it does not look like they will be in the
future either. As such, remove them from the development branch. The
previous versions will be included in older releases up to 1.x.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Use a driver_ndis.c specific initialization function to fill in the
wpa_driver_ops information to make it easier to modify struct
wpa_driver_ops in the future. Being able to build driver_ndis.c
with MSVC was the only reason for having to maintain the same order
of function pointers in struct wpa_driver_ops and for having to
update driver_ndis.c for all changes in that structure.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This code has not been maintained for years and there is no plan on
doing so either in the future. The Qt4-based wpa_gui-qt4 version can be
used as a replacement for this older wpa_gui version.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results() needs to be called to
update RSN pre-authentication candidates. This cannot be done before
the wpa_supplicant_connect() call on the first association, but when
trying to figure out whether to roam, it is fine to do so for the
case when roaming is skipped.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
In scan.c, merge a channel's noise value into the scan results. When
comparing scan results, compute the signal-to-noise ratio and use it
when available. Prefer a 5 GHz network if its SNR is really big (> 30)
or if its SNR is relatively close to the other network's.
The eloop timeout to stop TKIP countermeasures has to be canceled
on deinit path to avoid leaving bogus timeouts behind.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Converts from a string to a control request enum when input
from a control interface is received. Will be used by a
subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Add a D-Bus signal for EAP SM requests. This signal is emitted on the
Interface object so that clients only have to listen to one object for
requests rather than to all network objects. This signal is analogous
to the socket control interface's CTRL-REQ- request.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Control requests will be extended for non-EAP uses later, so it makes
sense to have them be generic. Furthermore, having them defined as an
enum is easier for processing internally, and more generic for control
interfaces that may not use field names. The public ctrl_req_type /
field_name conversion function will be used later by the D-Bus control
interface too.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
At least with driver_test.c, the BSS table may not include frequency
information. In such a case, we need to skip rate set matching during
BSS selection to avoid rejecting valid AP.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
The interface may not yet have been set to P2P client mode immediately
after GO Negotiation when doing the scan before association request.
Consequently, the scan request in this state has to specify that the
specific P2P probe mode is used to disable IEEE 802.11b rates.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This function was used unconditionally if wpa_supplicant build
includes CONFIG_P2P=y. Adding a separate driver_ops for such use
is not really useful since the driver wrappers can do the same
internally. Remove this driver_ops and move matching functionality
into driver_nl80211.c which was the only driver wrapper using
this driver_ops callback.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
This can be used to apply the no-CCK rule conditionally depending on
which frame is being sent. The no-CCK rule applies only for P2P
management frames while SA Query and FT use cases do not have similar
restrictions.
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
wpa_supplicant dbus objects are currently difficult to use with
GDBusProxy. This is because they do not follow the dbus standard in
emitting the PropertiesChanged signal on the standard D-Bus properties
interface, so GDBusProxy stores stale property values.
Fix this by raising PropertiesChanged on the standard interface.
For backwards compatibility, the existing custom PropertiesChanged
signals are not removed; I anticipate them being removed in a future
major release.
See
http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/dbus/2011-August/014593.html
for more info.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@laptop.org>
P2P Client did not show correct frequency in the control interface
event P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED. Fix that by using the frequency from
the BSS table or association event.
This patch stops any on-going "p2p_find" on creating an Autonomous GO.
This is already taken care in case of invoking a persistent GO. GO as
such will be advertising via the beacons for other devices to discover.
So normally the GO doesn't need to do a p2p_find until and unless it
wants to invite a P2P Client. In case of Invite scenario, logically it
is better to do a explicit discover [via user intervention] after the GO
is created. This patch will help to reduce battery wastage [due to
p2p_find operations] in scenarios where user creates a GO and doesn't
initiate a connection.
Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s
corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids
accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a
possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
The persistent_reconnect configuration parameter was used to decide
whether to accept invitation to re-establish a persistent group.
However, this was not being advertised in the Group Capability bitmap.
Add the Persistent Reconnect bit based on this configuration to GO
Negotiation frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames from the GO.
Use capability information to decide whether to perform a given TDLS
operation internally or through mgmt-frame Tx.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Before commencing setup, add a new STA entry to the driver representing
the peer. Later during setup, update the STA entry using information
received from the peer.
Extend sta_add() callback for adding/modifying a TDLS peer entry and
connect it to the TDLS state machine. Implement this callback for the
nl80211 driver and send peer information to kernel.
Mark TDLS peer entries with a new flag and translate it to a
corresponding nl80211 flag in the nl80211 driver.
In addition, correct TDLS related documentation in the wpa_driver_ops
structure.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Disable the direct connection when a TDLS peer stops responding
to packets, as indicated by the "LOW ACK" event coming from a driver.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
When a driver does not implement the TDLS_TEARDOWN operation internally,
send an explicit TDLS link teardown frame to the driver.
Change all teardown calls to use these calling semantics.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Register for the TDLS discovery response public action frame in nl80211.
Print out a debug message when a Discovery Resp frame is received and
validated.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Put glue code in place to propagate TDLS related driver capabilities to
the TDLS state machine.
If the driver doesn't support capabilities, assume TDLS is supported
internally.
When TDLS is explicitly not supported, disable all user facing TDLS
operations.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
These driver_ops functions set_channel, set_ssid, set_bssid,
mlme_add_sta, and mlme_remove_sta were used with the user space
MLME implementation in wpa_supplicant. That was only for testing
purposes and was removed, but these driver_ops were forgotten.
Remove them now to remove confusing driver_ops definitions.
IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all
required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
The hardware feature data is required in several different places
throughout the code. Previously, the data was acquired and freed on
demand, but with this patch wpa_supplicant will keep a single copy
around at runtime for everyone to use.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This avoids allocating global driver state for driver wrappers that
are built in but not used. This can save some resources and avoids
failures with driver_nl80211.c that is now initializing netlink
connections for nl80211 in global_init().
This code was used only with driver_test.c to allow MLME operations
in hostapd to be tested without having to use a real radio. There
are no plans on extending this to any other use than testing and
mac80211_hwsim has now obsoled the need for this type of testing.
As such, we can drop this code from wpa_supplicant to clean up the
implementation of unnecessary complexity.
This command allows an external program manage the BSS blacklist
and display its current contents.
Note: The blacklist is considered to be internal mechanism within
wpa_supplicant and changing it can have unexpected results.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This offloads the station polling to driver wrappers, which may offload
it again to the driver. The hostap driver wrapper uses "real" data
frames while nl80211 uses null data frames.
Also add a specific event to indicate that a poll was successful for
future use with the nl80211 driver.
This can be used to display the current debugging level and to change
the log level during run time.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This is the first step in allowing SA Query mechanism in hostapd to be
used with drivers that implement authentication and association MLME/SME
(i.e., do not use ieee802_11.c).
New configuration parameters home_imsi and home_milenage can be used
to configure SIM/USIM simulator parameters for network selection based
on SIM/USIM credentials.
home_imsi=(MCC | MNC | '-' | rest of IMSI)
home_milenage=(Ki):(OPc):(SQN)
For example:
home_imsi=310026-000000000
home_milenage=90dca4eda45b53cf0f12d7c9c3bc6a89:cb9cccc4b9258e6dca4760379fb82581:000000000123
Add support for network selection for username/password credentials with
EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP. The new global configuration parameters
home_username, home_password, and home_ca_cert can be used to specify
credentials for network selection.
This adds the basic mechanism for running through network selection:
scan, ANQP fetch, network selection, and connection. Actual rules for
network selection and the creation of the network block are still
missing, but will be added in separate commits.
Add mechanism for using GAS/ANQP to query Interworking related
information from APs. The received information is stored in the BSS
table and can be viewed with ctrl_iface BSS command.
New ctrl_iface command ANQP_GET can be used to fetch ANQP elements from
a specific AP. Additional commands FETCH_ANQP and STOP_FETCH_ANQP can be
used to initiate and stop an iteration through all APs in the BSS table
that indicate support Interworking to fetch ANQP elements from them.
"hostapd_cli ess_disassoc (STA addr) (URL)" can now be used to send
an ESS Dissassociation Imminent notification to the STA. This event
is shown in wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface monitors (e.g., wpa_cli):
"WNM: ESS Disassociation Imminent - session_info_url=http://example.com/session/"
The new wpa_supplicant.conf file global parameters interworking and
hessid can be used to configure wpa_supplicant to include
Interworking element in Probe Request frames.
EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED wpa_supplicant_event can now be used in
station mode driver_*.c to indicate that a push button has been
pushed. This will activate WPS PBC mode.
When initializing, the scheduled scan code was being called before
everything is ready. With normal scans, the first scan round is
delayed, so the initialization is finished by the time it really
starts.
Add a function that can be used to request a delayed scheduled scan.
The scan will only start after the specified time has elapsed. Call
this function instead of starting the scheduled scan directly during
driver initialization.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Pass SSIDs to be matched in scheduled scan results. Only the SSIDs
that are included in the match lists will be reported by the driver,
so the filtering can be offloaded to the hardware and the power
consumption can be reduced.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This patch uses sched_scan, if available, when the driver is
initialized. It also adds a couple of cancel operations where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan
capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need
to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used
by other drivers.
This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Move some code to separate functions to reorganize the P2P and WPS
handling during scans. This makes the code a bit cleaner and is
needed for the scheduled scan implementation to avoid duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Clear the P2P GO callback parameters when removing the group to avoid
using these for non-P2P AP mode.
This is a fix for the bug I found in the following scenario:
A) p2p_group_add
A) p2p_group_remove wlan0
A) add_n
A) set_n 0 ssid "testap"
A) set_n 0 key_mgmt NONE
A) set_n 0 mode 2
A) set_n 0 frequency 2412
A) enable_n 0
B) try connect to testap
Authentication request will be always rejected because of
HOSTAPD_ACL_REJECT and not cleaned callbacks when group removed.
This allows the AP to be selected based on the BSSID when WPA-PSK
is used with a passphrase. The PSK will be derived from the passphrase
after the SSID has been learned from scan results.
This implements GAS request mechanism that is aimed at being used to
replace use case specific GAS/ANQP implementations in the future.
Compared to the earlier implementation in P2P SD, this implementation
includes support for multiple concurrent requests and more thorough
validation of frames against the pending query data.
GAS header processing, including comeback and reassembly, are handled
within gas_query.c and the users of this module will only need to
provide the Query Request and process the (possibly reassembled)
Query Response.
GAS/ANQP is a generic protocol and in no way specific to P2P, so move
routines used to build GAS/ANQP frames to a separate file that can be
shared for other uses than just P2P service discovery.
The new function, p2p_scan_ie_buf_len(), can be used to figure out
how large a buffer needs to be allocated for p2p_scan_ie() use. This
makes it easier to add new data into the buffer without forcing all
callers to be updated to use a larger buffer.
The P2P search mechanism depends on the same scan functionality that
is used for station mode scans. If these operations are being used
at the same time, scan result processing is not handled properly.
Avoid unexpected behavior by delaying station mode scan requests
if a P2P operation is in progress.
Among other things, this allows the station mode connection attempt
to be continued after a P2P find or group formation has been completed
if the interface is available (i.e., when the P2P group uses a
separate virtual interface).
If the initial attempt to start a scan for p2p_find fails, an error
is reported. However, the P2P scan handler and search state was
left behind. That can result in unexpected behavior when the next
non-P2P scan results are indicated. Avoid this by clearing the
P2P search state on failure.
There is no need to request periodic bgscans when the driver claims
to have capability for roaming within ESS. Ignoring the bgscan
configuration allows the same configuration file to be used both
with drivers the handle roaming and with drivers that don't.
If the driver indicates that it supports BSS selection (including
roaming within an ESS) with WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION, modify
ap_scan=1 mode to behave like ap_scan=2 mode for BSS selection.
The initial scan is still done to avoid the need for strict
configuration of or security parameters (e.g., to figure out whether
TKIP or CCMP is being used as the group cipher). However, when
requesting the driver to connect, the bssid and freq parameters are
not provided to leave the driver in control of selecting which BSS
to use and to allow the driver to decide when to roam.
These protocols seem to be abandoned: latest IETF drafts have expired
years ago and it does not seem likely that EAP-TTLSv1 would be
deployed. The implementation in hostapd/wpa_supplicant was not complete
and not fully tested. In addition, the TLS/IA functionality was only
available when GnuTLS was used. Since GnuTLS removed this functionality
in 3.0.0, there is no available TLS/IA implementation in the latest
version of any supported TLS library.
Remove the EAP-TTLSv1 and TLS/IA implementation to clean up unwanted
complexity from hostapd and wpa_supplicant. In addition, this removes
any potential use of the GnuTLS extra library.
wpa_supplicant returns the PIN in reply to the connect method. Treating
this value as an integer runs the risk of not returning the correct
value if the first digit(s) happens to be a zero(es). To return the
correct PIN it needs to be returned as a string.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
The default discovery type is to search for devices only on social
channels. Expand this to also support an initial full scan followed by the
scan of social channels as well as the progressive scan that scans through
all the channels in the Search state rounds. This does not change the
default of scanning only social channels although there is currently a
discrepancy wrt the default used by wpa_cli, which is the full scan first.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
When parsing a dict entry which is an array of an array of bytes the entry
representing the dict entry has DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY as its type and
WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY as its array_type. The function freeing this parsed
data incorrectly tested the entry type for WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_ARRAY while doing
no testing of this value for array_type. This results in a memory leak
whenever a D-Bus message with this type of data is parsed.
Messages affected are:
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.P2PDevice
using RequestedDeviceTypes with Find method
using SecondaryDeviceTypes or VendorExtension with P2PDeviceProperties
fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Group
using WPSVendorExtensions with Properties property
All of the above messages are parsed with the same function,
wpa_dbus_dict_get_entry, so the assignment of the entry's type and
array_type is consistent. The parsed data is also consistently freed with
the same function, wpa_dbus_dict_entry_clear, so we can use the same checks
to free the data correctly.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
The action done handling needs to abort an off-channel period since one
might have been used for example for GO negotiation and after action
done the code assumes it can start a new off-channel period.
This fixes a bug I introduced when adding support for
in-kernel off-channel transmissions.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
eapol_test command line argument -o<file> can now be used to request
the received server certificate chain to be written to the specified
file. The certificates will be written in PEM format. [Bug 391]
The proactive_key_caching parameter was missed in mapping the
config_ssid data into the WPA state machine configuration. This
prevented addition of PMKSA cache entries based on PMKSA caching
candidate events.
This allows drivers to disable CCK rates from Probe Request frames.
For nl80211, this is currently applying only to the supported rates
element(s), but this mechanism could be extended to address TX rate
control masking, too, to lessen need for global rate disabling.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
The P2P specification (3.1.4.3) disallows use of the Label configuration
method between two P2P devices. This was previously enforced at upper
level, but the obsolete code can be removed from wpa_supplicant. This
adds a bit more strict enforcement of the policy, but should not result
in practical differences since no known P2P implementation uses Label
config method.
If a network configuration block is removed or modified, flush
all PMKSA cache entries that were created using that network
configuration. Similarly, invalidate EAP state (fast re-auth).
The special case for OKC on wpa_supplicant reconfiguration
(network_ctx pointer change) is now addressed as part of the
PMKSA cache flushing, so it does not need a separate mechanism
for clearing the network_ctx values in the PMKSA cache.
The previous code was trying to figure out which WPA version is
used based on the extra IEs requested for Association Request. That
did not work properly in cases where non-WPA networks are used with
some extra IEs. Fix this by using more robust mechanism for passing
the WPA versions from core wpa_supplicant to the driver_ops
associate().
Instead of hardcoding the Config Methods attribute value in Probe
Request frames, set this based on the configured parameter
config_methods to allow correct set of methods to be advertised.
This change is a first step in better supporting different driver
architectures for AP mode operations with nl80211. This commit in
itself does not add new functionality, but it makes it easier to add
new AP mode parameters to address needs of drivers that have more of
the MLME/SME in firmware or kernel.
Various pieces of the P2P code assume that P2P is enabled, so make
the D-Bus code not call the P2P stuff if P2P is disabled. Also
ensures that if P2P is disabled a suitable error is returned to
the D-Bus caller.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
The read, write, read-write permissions can be figured out from
getter/setter function pointers, so there is no need for maintaining
that information separately.
If uapsd is explicitly enabled, set conf->bss->wmm_enabled and
conf->bss->wmm_uapsd to enable (and advertise) uapsd.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
These properties are already correctly treated as bytes for the local
device, we need to do same for peers.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
A number of fixes/improvements here:
1) Remove casting of getter/setter function types which allows
us to change the prototypes in the future and not have hard-to-find
runtime segfaults
2) Instead of having the getters create a fake reply message which
then gets its arguments copied into the real reply message, and is
then disposed, just pass message iters around and have them add
their arguments to the message itself
3) For setters, just pass in the message iter positioned at the
start of the argument list, instead of each setter having to skip
over the standard interface+property name
4) Convert error handling to use DBusError and return the error
back down through the call stacks to the function that will
actually send the error back to the caller, instead of having a
fake DBusMessage of type DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_ERROR that then
needs to have the error extracted from it.
But most of all, this fixes various segfaults (like rh #725517
and #678625) which were caused by some functions deep down in the
getter callpaths wanting a source DBusMessage* when the getters were
used for two things: signals (which don't have a source DBusMessage)
and methods (which will have a source DBusMessage that's being
replied to). This duality made the code fragile when handling
errors like invalid IEs over the air.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Fix the previous code that was hardcoding the p2p parameter based
on the driver P2P capability regardless of whether the connection
was really used for P2P or not.
Currently, wpa_driver_nl80211_authenticate() changes the interface type
to station. However, in case of P2P, we need to change the interface
type to P2P_CLI.
Add p2p field to the authentication params, and consider it for choosing
the correct interface type.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
This makes sure that the old connection is not maintained if the new
configuration does not allow it anymore. In addition, it is better to
use wpa_supplicant_clear_connection() instead of just clearing
wpa_s->current_ssid here to keep things in sync.
When the BSS table size limit has been reached, drop first the oldest
BSS entries for which there is not a matching network in the
configuration based on SSID (wildcards are ignored). This makes it
less likely to hit connection issues in environments with huge number
of visible APs.
Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a
destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the
broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
The current implementation of p2p_intra_bss doesn't work since the flag
isn't propagated into the corresponding hostapd config, so AP code will
never enable AP isolation and will in fact disable it again after it had
been enabled by the P2P code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The paths pointer could have been NULL when going through the shared
freeing path in error case. Avoid the NULL pointer dereference by
checking whether that is the case. In addition, remove unnecessary
gotos to make the function more readable.
Add support to wpa_supplicant for device-based GTK rekeying. In order to
support that, pass the KEK, KCK, and replay counter to the driver, and
handle rekey events that update the latter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previous ft_ies needs to be removed before supplicant starts a new FT
initial association and this requires the ft_used state to be cleared
here.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
If the driver supports HT20, set the config parameter ieee80211n
to enable it. This does not enable HT40.
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
Regardless of how the AP mode is disabled, wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit()
must be called. Make sure this happens on all paths by calling the
deinit function from wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().
In general, this patch attemps to extend commit
00468b4650 with dbus support.
This can be used by dbus client to implement subject match text
entry with preset value probed from server. This preset value, if
user accepts it, is remembered and passed to subject_match config
for any future authentication.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <mchang@novell.com>
This is required for cross-compilation support on certain
platforms to avoid changing the pkg-config files themselves.
Signed-off-by: David James <davidjames@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Make sure that the WPA and EAPOL state machines do not hold a pointer
to a network configuration that is about to be freed. This can fix
potential issues with references to freed memory.
Fix a NULL pointer dereference in commit
3734552f15 in the case of PBC overlap and
timeout case.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Angie Chinchilla <angie.v.chinchilla@intel.com>
Some P2PDevice properties were not updated in p2p->cfg structure:
reg_class, channel, op_reg_class, and op_channel. Hence, update p2p->cfg
parameters through p2p core calls in wpas_p2p_update_config().
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Signal is triggered if an error occurs during WPS provisioning phase.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel.Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Extend commit c2762e410f to allow
applications to manage (add/remove) persistent groups and accepted
network object paths while invoking a persistent group.
This can be used to activate the keep alive mechanism enabled in
mac80211. Allows to trigger Peer Disconnected signal if signal is lost
on a P2P peer.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Move level parameter from p2p_device to p2p_device_info in order to
expose this information and modify D-Bus P2P handler to return this new
parameter through the P2P device properties.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Do not emit network objects during P2P group formation since such
network objects can confuse certain apps. Instead, a persistent group
object is created to allow apps to keep track of persistent groups.
Persistent group objects only represent the info needed to recreate the
group.
Also fixes a minor bug in the handling of persistent group objects
during WPS operations.
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Append "P2P" to capability information if supported by device.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jayant Sane <jayant.sane@intel.com>
Need to define CONFIG_NO_PBKDF2 even though the crypto cleanup moved
the function to a separate file since there is conditional code in
wpa_supplicant/config.c. In addition, wpa_passphrase should not be
built at all if passphrase functionality is removed.
These checks were previously skipped if the scan result included WPA
or RSN IE. However, that can result in selecting a network that does
not match local configuration in some cases.
There are some corner cases, where the wpa_supplicant_req_scan() call
may end up scheduling a scan even if we are about to start a GO. Avoid
this by explicitly marking the GO network to be selected for the next
connection.
Some new code we're working on will require the dbus type "aay" (an
array of arrays of bytes). To add this, refactor the array code to
reduce code duplication by given a type string to the array starting
code, and also add code to create and parse such arrays from or into an
array of struct wpabuf respectively.
Since there's no unique DBus type for this, add a "fake"
WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY type that is separate from the regular DBus
types for parsing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Moved wpas_dbus_new_decompose_object_path from dbus_new_handlers.c
to dbus_new_helpers.c.
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used to avoid rejection of first two 4-way handshakes every
time hostapd (or wpa_supplicant in AP/IBSS mode) is restarted. A new
command line parameter, -e, can now be used to specify an entropy file
that will be used to maintain the needed state.
Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates
was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in
all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured.
Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has
been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that
point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the
information.
When using the p2p_oper_reg_class configuration option instead of
p2p_group_add freq parameter, the operating class 124 was not
processed correctly. Include that class in the list of 5 GHz classes
for the p2p_oper_reg_class to resolve this.
Both the SA and IEs from the received Probe Request frames must be
included and the Probe Request RX callback functions may assume that
these are not NULL.
When comparing BSS table entries, handle empty concatenated
vendor-specific IE differently from completely missing IE. This
does not change anything for the only currently compared IE that
can be fragmented (WPS IE), but it is better to have the generic
code here ready for any possible new IE that could be used in
with zero-length data.
Better make sure the address value included in the event message gets
cleared in case the GO Device Address is not known for some reason.
Previously, this could potentially have been some random data from
stack should we ever hit the case where wpa_s->current_ssid is not
set (which should not really happen in normal use cases).
It is now possible to configure the the time in seconds that
wpa_supplicant waits before requesting a new scan after failing to find
a suitable network in scan results.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
If WPA/WPA2 was enabled in the configuration, the non-WPA exception
could allow an incorrect AP to be selected from scan results. Do
not use the exception if WPA/WPA2 is enabled in configuration.
Commit c76e5d7f9b moved the
ap_configured_cb() call into a completion callback from AP mode code.
However, this callback can be called before hostap_setup_interface()
returns. In that case, the ap_configured_cb() ended up getting
called before the wpa_supplicant connection information was updated.
Fix this by reordering code to set up everything before calling
hostapd_setup_interface().
This should fix EAPOL reauthentication and rekeying timeout issues
with Intel clients when using WMM (e.g., with IEEE 802.11n). These
stations do not seem to be able to handle EAPOL data frames as
non-QoS Data frames after the initial setup.
This adds STA flags to hapd_send_eapol() driver op to allow
driver_nl80211.c to mark the EAPOL frames as QoS Data frame
when injecting it through the monitor interface.
If the scan interval switches to the short interval soon after a
scan, bgscan_simple should not immediately scan again. However,
it should also make sure that the next scan occurs no later than
the new, short scan interval.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
We gain diminishing returns by the short scan interval. The short
scan interval is used to hunt for a better AP if the RSSI of the
current AP drops. However, if we never roam, and the AP continues
to have low RSSI, at some point we should give up and return to
the slow background scan rate, otherwise we waste a lot of power.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
It is not guaranteed that we will get a CQM signal shortly after setting
up monitoring. In order to establish the correct initial background
scanning rate, poll directly for the signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart
This provides a means for the supplicant to directly request signal
quality metrics from the driver. This is useful, for example for
background scan algorithms that might ask desire this information
out-of-band with CQM events.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
The "debug_strings" private array in dbus_new_handles.c has fallen out
of sync with wpa_debug.h. Add the new "excessive" level to the head of
the list, realigning everything.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Change the old design of running a single long living RSN IBSS
instance to keep a separate instance for each IBSS connection.
This fixes number of issues in getting keys set properly for
new connections and is in general quite a bit more correct
design.
Replace compile-time BSS cache expiration age and scan count by config
parameters that can be set via wpa_cli and the new D-Bus API. The latter
is done with interface properties BSSExpireAge and BSSExpireCount.
Move the code snippet to switch on bgscan over to wpa_supplicant.c
from event.c, so that it can be activated on wpa_supplicant_set_state().
Also create a centralized place to switch off bgscan. bgscan is now
turned on in COMPLETED, not ASSOCIATED.
This adds a new command to the interface to remove all configured
netblocks. Without this it's necessary to query properties on the
interface and explicitly remove each netblock.
This fixes an issue seen in our wifi testbed, where we frequently
switch the SSID of the AP. wpa_supplicant's BSS list will have, for
example both <bssid, "Check11b"> (from the previous test) and <bssid,
"Check11g"> (from the current test) - note that the bssid is the same for
both. The (old) D-Bus API for fetching scan responses from wpa_supplicant
is fetch-by-bssid, so the caller (flimflam) incorrectly believes we're
associated with <bssid, "Check11b">.
Add an "Interface.FlushBSS" method to the new D-Bus API and a "flush"
method to the old API. Both take an age parameter that is a threshold
(in seconds) for selecting entries to evict. Setting this parameter
to zero flushes all entries from the cache.
This mechanism is useful for a connection manager to clear state at
startup and on resume (where the age parameter may be used to hold
onto recent/valid data).
This provides feature parity with the old-style D-Bus API. Explicit
properties to control global parameters is preferred but until that
happens this allows doing things like setting pkcs11_engine_path and
pkcs11_module_path via D-Bus.
The AP code might, currently only in the case of HT40, defer actual
enabling to after a scan. In this case, the wpa_s AP code gets confused.
Add a callback for it to use and make it use it to finish only when the
setup has actually completed.
With appropriate hacks in place this allows using HT40 in P2P mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When wpa_s scans in AP mode, it doesn't propagate the scan event to the
AP code, so that code can get stuck if it uses the callbacks there.
Simply call them where appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds the ability to add WPS vendor extension attributes in P2P
frames, like GO Negotiation and Probe Response frames.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of converting back and forth from the string representation,
always use the binary representation internally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The secondary device type list is an optional attribute in the WSC IE.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug in the getter for the 'Interfaces' property
of /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 (new D-Bus interface) which causes a
'Segmentation Fault' when there are multiple interfaces.
Chooses between EAP and non-EAP authentication modes and
uses the appropriate method to retrieve the name.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Use a specific return value, WPS-PBC-OVERLAP, to indicate a reason
for rejecting a wps_pbc command in wpa_supplicant AP mode if the
PBC mode cannot be started due to PBC session overlap having been
detected during monitor time.
If the wpa_supplicant configuration file does not specify an UUID,
we need to copy the generated UUID, not the all zeros buffer
reserved for the configured UUID.
Instead of generating a different UUID for each interface, use the
same UUID that was either configured of generated for the first
interface. This avoids potential issues with PBC session overlap
detection should multiple interfaces end up running a PBC scan
at the same time which may happen at least in some P2P use cases.
If there is already a link the requested peer, request start of
renegotiation instead of completely new link. This seems to be needed
to allow some driver to accept the trigger for a new negotiation.
These special test cases can be configured at run time with "wpa_cli
tdls_testing <value>" where <value> is an integer (either as a decimal
or as a hex value with 0x prefix) bitmap of special features with
following bits available at this point:
bit 0 = long frame (add dummy subelement to make FTIE very long)
bit 1 = use alternative RSN IE (different RSN capab value and no extra
replay counters)
bit 2 = send incorrect BSSID in Link Identifier of TDLS Setup Request
(e.g., 1 = long FTIE, 2 = different RSN IE, 3 = both of those)
This is disabled by default and can be enabled for the build by
adding the following line to .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TDLS_TESTING
This allows driver wrappers to indicate whether the association was
done using Association Request/Response or with Reassociation
Request/Response frames.
Add a notification function for the result of an invitation.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Michel Bachot <jean-michelx.bachot@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a notification for received GO negotiation requests.
Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the
dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable
that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already
notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it.
The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered
by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should
feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification
here instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically
visible in a struct that is shared.
The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which
requires some work for the driver-based P2P management.
Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previous code was assuming that the P2P module is always initialized.
However, that is not the case anymore with drivers that do not support
P2P. Add verification of whether P2P is enabled before trying to execute
P2P commands.
mac80211 authentication or association operation may get stuck for some
reasons, so wpa_supplicant better use an internal timer to recover from
this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
GO may use M2D to notify that PBC overlap was detected if the GO was
configured to allow only a specific P2P Device to connect using PBC.
We need to report the M2D message on the parent interface if a
separate group interface is used. In addition, we can stop the P2P
operation if PBC overlap was indicated similarly to what we are
already doing in th case the overlap is detected locally.
Some of the wpa_supplicant control interface commands, like WPS_PIN,
may not include a newline in the end of the response. This can result
in the response being lost when wpa_cli redraws the screen after an
event message. Add a newline after such responses in interactive mode
to avoid the problem.
When FT protocol run is completed with FT-EAP, the EAPOL state machine
needs to be notified of the completed authentication to make sure it
does not try to start new authentication.
This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order
to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages.
A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is
otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout
debugging is disabled.
This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work
with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This
code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not
have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it
registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
An optional parameter, p2p_dev_addr, can now be given to WPS_PBC
command on P2P GO to indicate that only the P2P device with the
specified P2P Device Address is allowed to connect using PBC. If
any other device tries to use PBC, a session overlap is indicated
and the negotiation is rejected with M2D. The command format for
specifying the address is "WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=<address>", e.g.,
WPS_PBC p2p_dev_addr=02:03:04:05:06:07
In addition, show the PBC session overlap indication as a WPS failure
event on an AP/GO interface. This particular new case shows up as
"WPS-FAIL msg=4 config_error=12".
This makes log files much more readable if multiple interfaces
are being controlled by the same process. The interface name is
added to stdout/file/syslog entries, but not to the messages
sent to control interface monitors to avoid issues with parsing
in external programs.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
When the network was provisioned, we need to get the keys to be able to
reconnect without new provisioning. To be able to publish those keys but
not normally configured ones, add a new attribute to struct wpa_ssid
indicating whether or not keys may be exported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are two issues with p2p_long_listen:
1) max_remain_on_channel is assumed to be 5 seconds,
2) if max_remain_on_channel is not a full multiple of
seconds, accounting breaks.
Fix these by converting p2p_long_listen to ms and
tracking it according to max_remain_on_channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using FT-EAP, the second half of MSK is used as the starting
point for PMK key hierarchy. Configure that instead of the first
half of MSK when using FT with driver-based 4-way handshake and
FT protocol.
This was previously done for WPA/WPA2-Personal as part of association
processing when the driver is implementing 4-way handshake. The
portValid needs to be done for WPA/WPA2-Enterprise to get the proper
EAPOL authentication completed callback to configure PMK to the driver.
I tried these commands:
./wpa_cli -i wlan0 p2p_group_add
./wpa_cli -i wlan0 p2p_find
The second one results in following messages because it is invalid
operation.
-------
nl80211: Scan trigger failed: ret=-95 (Operation not supported)
P2P: Failed to start p2p_scan
-------
But the second one shows "OK" on control console.
This patch makes it to show "FAIL".
There is no real reason to maintain these in the current development
branch anymore. If someone really needs support for the obsolete
driver interfaces, these can be found in older wpa_supplicant
branches.
driver_atmel.c
- vendor-specific interface for ATMEL AT76C5XXx cards
- for some old out-of-tree driver; not for the upstream atmel*
drivers
driver_ndiswrapper.c
- vendor-specific interface for an out-of-tree driver
- ndiswrapper should work with driver_wext.c, too
driver_ipw.c
- vendor-specific interface for old ipw2100/2200 driver
- the upstream driver works with driver_wext.c (and does not work
with the old interface)
driver_hermes.c
- vendor driver that was not even included in the main wpa_supplicant
releases
This avoids an issue when a received EAPOL-Key frame from a peer
is initiating IBSS RSN Authenticator and Supplicant for the peer
and the following new-STA-in-IBSS event from the driver is adding
yet another instance of Authenticator/Supplicant. The EAPOL-Key
RX case was already checking whether an instance had been started;
the driver new-STA event needs to do same.
The driver may get confused if we set the initial TX GTK before having
fully configured and connected to an IBSS, so better delay this
operation until the connection (join/start IBSS) has been completed.
If the EAPOL processing times out (e.g., if the AP stops replying
to messages for some reason) during WPS negotiation, we need to
indicate WPS-FAIL event from eapol_cb since no other WPS failure is
reported for this particular case.
Previously, only the Configuration Error values were indicated in
WPS-FAIL events. Since those values are defined in the specification
it is not feasible to extend them for indicating other errors. Add
a new error indication value that is internal to wpa_supplicant and
hostapd to allow other errors to be indicated.
Use the new mechanism to indicate if negotiation fails because of
WEP or TKIP-only configurations being disallows by WPS 2.0.
Previously, both NULL and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff addr were used in various
places to indicate default/broadcast keys. Make this more consistent
and useful by defining NULL to mean default key (i.e., used both for
unicast and broadcast) and ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to indicate broadcast
key (i.e., used only with broadcast).
Use NULL instead of (u8 *) "" as the seq value and make sure the
driver wrapper implementations can handle NULL value. This was
previously already done in number of places, but not everywhere.
The BSS table entries may be in more or less random order and it is
better to show the most likely WPS configuration method in a way that is
somewhat more consistent instead of just showing the method of the first
BSS entry found in the table.
The proto configuration may be left to non-zero when moving from one
configuration to another. To avoid misidentifying a network
configuration as enabling WPA, check key_mgmt field, too.
This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be
implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is
very much subject to change in the future.
CONFIG_WPS_REG_DISABLE_OPEN=y can be used to configure wpa_supplicant
to disable open networks by default when wps_reg command is used to
learn the current AP settings. When this is enabled, there will be a
WPS-OPEN-NETWORK ctrl_iface event and the user will need to explicitly
enable the network (e.g., with "select_network <id>") to connect to
the open network.
With the new kernel functionality coming to Linux to allow off-channel
TX, we can take advantage of that in the P2P code that currently uses
remain-on-channel. If a driver advertises support for it, it will be
asked to handle off-channel TX by itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports
complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to
disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly,
e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is
disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in
hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The WPS mode was already verified when the AP was configured for
WPA/WPA2, but this was not done with AP that was in open mode.
Fix this by allowing wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() to be called
in non-WPA configuration, too. With this change, wps_pbc BSSID
command will wait until the specified target AP is in active PBC
mode before trying to connect to it.
If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation
frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a
mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether
this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is
received from the AP, deauthenticate.
This implementation is only for user space SME with
driver_nl80211.c.
Some new code I'm working on will need the scan_res_handler assigned all
the time in certain circumstances, so the easiest way is to reset it
within the handler. This is currently prevented by the way the code in
the event handler works -- change that to permit such usage.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The array's type should be given as the proper
DBUS_TYPE_STRING_AS_STRING, but evidently it
doesn't matter since it's all packed into a
variant type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there is a pending GO Negotiation when p2p_cancel is used,
unauthorize the peer to avoid immediate reconnection from being
accepted without a new p2p_connect command.
We should cancel group formation completely on PBC overlap instead
of just partially notifying that operations were stopped. There is
no point in waiting for the group formation timeout in this case.
Previously, pairwise and group cipher suites were configured only
when kernel SME (nl80211 connect API) was used. However, mac80211
needs this information even in the user space SME case for one
thing: to disable HT when TKIP/WEP is used. Add
NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE to fix this special case with
user space SME. This allows mac80211 to disable HT properly when
the AP is configured with configuration that is not allowed.
This add preliminary code for setting the per-STA RX GTK for
RSN IBSS when nl80211 drivers. For some reason, this does not
seem to fully work, but at least driver_nl80211.c is now aware of
what kind of key is being set and the whatever is missing from
making this key configuration go through should be specific to
nl80211/cfg80211.
This unref is guaranteed to be freeing a NULL pointer.
Tested manually: use dbus-send to send an invalid debug level parameter
Before change:
$ dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set
string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 string:DebugLevel variant:string:msgdumpf
Error org.freedesktop.DBus.Error.NoReply: Message did not receive a reply
(timeout by message bus)
(and then wpa_supplicant crashes)
After change:
$ dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply
/fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1 org.freedesktop.DBus.Properties.Set
string:fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 string:DebugLevel variant:string:msgdumpf
Error fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.InvalidArgs: Did not receive correct message
arguments.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical
radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This
decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces.
This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based
drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Some drivers are not providing exactly reliable error codes (e.g.,
with WEXT), but others may actually indicate reliable information.
Allow driver wrappers to indicate if that is the case and use
optimizations if so. For now, this improves nl80211 with
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT for a case where connection request fails.
mac80211 can indicate this mainly because of channel selection
conflicts with other vifs. If there is another BSS on another
channel, we should try to connect to it instead.
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P flag can now be used to
indicate that the initial interface (e.g., wlan0) is used for
P2P management operations and potentially non-P2P connections.
This is otherwise identical to
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE, but the possibility of
non-P2P connections makes some operations differ.
This may make it less likely for udev to rename the interface that
would previously have been called wlan0-p2p-# (now: p2p-wlan0-#).
In addition, add some workaround code to handle the case where the
main interface name is close to the IFNAMSIZ length limit to
avoid going over that for the P2P group interface.
In theory, the interface name could be longer than IFNAMSIZ in
some systems, so use the same size buffer for this field as is
used with the main interface name.
Some other dnsmasq users (like libvirt) seem to be binding the DHCP
server to all interfaces which prevents the previously used mechanism
here from working (bind on the DHCP socket fails). If a failure is
noticed, try to start dnsmasq with -z option to avoid that.
Move the previously SME specific optimization code into generic
function that can be used from non-SME code, too, and use it to
handle disconnection events. In other words, allow disconnection
event to trigger similar optimized scanning case to handle a
common load balancing mechanism. If there is another BSS in the
same ESS when we receive a disconnection event, scan only the
known frequencies of such other BSSes on the next attempt to
speed up recovery.
The special case of requiring blacklisting count to be 2 or higher
is only needed when more than a single network is currently enabled.
As such, we should not do that when only a single network is enabled.
This make the station more likely to follow network side load
balancing attempts where the current AP may disassociate us with
an assumption that we would move to another AP.
When authentication or association fails when trying to connect to
a BSS in an ESS that has multiple BSSes based on previous scans,
limit the first recovery scan to only the known channels that has
been seen previously. This speeds up recovery in some of the most
commonly used load balancing mechanisms in enterprise WLAN
networks.
There were various issues in how the SME (i.e., nl80211-based driver
interface) handled various authentication and association timeouts and
failures. Authentication failure was not handled at all (wpa_supplicant
just stopped trying to connect completely), authentication timeout
resulted in blacklisting not working in the expected way (i.e., the same
BSS could be selected continuously), and association cases had similar
problems.
Use a common function to handle all these cases and fix the blacklist
operation. Use smaller delay before trying to scan again during the
initial cycle through the available APs to speed up connection. Add
a special case for another-BSS-in-the-same-ESS being present to
speed up recovery from networks with multiple APs doing load balancing
in various odd ways that are deployed out there.
assoc_freq needs to be cleared when an interface gets disconnected.
This fixes an issue where P2P Action frame transmission may fail
because of missing remain-on-channel operation when using the same
interface for group operations (or non-P2P connections) and P2P
management operations.
The wpa_supplicant_event() EVENT_TX_STATUS ack field needs to be
converted to use wpas_send_action_tx_status()
enum p2p_send_action_result in this case, too, to avoid getting
incorrect TX status for P2P processing.
By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal
entropy pool that is fed with following information:
hostapd:
- Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI)
- Association events (timing)
- SNonce from Supplicants
wpa_supplicant:
- Scan results (timing, signal/noise)
- Association events (timing)
The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated
with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal
implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited
amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the
pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are
not configured to provide strong random numbers through
os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD).
This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided
random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be
initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator,
maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the
security assumptions to hold.
If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on
Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of
random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be
disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this
should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on
devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool
is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
We can automatically accept invitations that are for a persistent
group that is already running. There is no need to confirm this
separately or preparare a new group interface.
When an Invitation to reinvoke a persistent group is accepted,
we need to make sure that any pending p2p_find or p2p_listen
operation gets stopped to avoid consuming all radio resources
doing device discovery while the group is being set up.
The duplicated WPS event in the parent interface should only be used
during P2P group formation, i.e., when the WPS operation was actually
started using the parent interface. When authorizing a client to
connect to an already running group, the WPS command is issued on
the group interface and there is no need to duplicate the event to
the parent interface.
This pointer is now used in number of places to check whether an
interface is in P2P Group Formation, so we better make sure it gets
cleared when group formation has been completed. This was done in
only some of the cases.
ap_setup_locked=2 can now be used to enable a special mode where
WPS ER can learn the current AP settings, but cannot change then.
In other words, the protocol is allowed to continue past M2, but
is stopped at M7 when AP is in this mode. WPS IE does not
advertise AP Setup Locked in this case to avoid interoperability
issues.
In wpa_supplicant, use ap_setup_locked=2 by default. Since the AP PIN
is disabled by default, this does not enable any new functionality
automatically. To allow the read-only ER to go through the protocol,
wps_ap_pin command needs to be used to enable the AP PIN.
The pending_invite_ssid_id of -1 (running group, not persistent) was
being stored incorrectly in the group interface, not device interface
(i.e., parent of the group interface) and consequently, the incorrect
information was used when processing the Invitation Response.
If there was a persistent group credentials stored with network id
0, those were used instead to try to set up a persistent group
instead of using the already running group.
Since the P2P peer entry may not have been available at the time the
join request was issued, we need to allow the P2P Interface Address
to be updated during join-scans when the P2P peer entry for the GO
may be added.
If the GO is not found, we cannot send Provisioning Discovery Request
frame and cannot really connect anyway. Since the Provisioning
Discovery is a mandatory part, it is better to continue join-scan
until the GO is found instead of moving to the next step where
normal connection scan is used (PD would not be used from there).
Use a limit of 10 scan attempts for p2p_connect join to avoid getting
in infinite loop trying to join. If the GO is not found with those
scans, indicate failure (P2P-GROUP-FORMATION-FAILURE) and stop the
join attempt.
CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y can now be used to build wpa_cli with internal
implementation of line editing and history support. This can be used
as a replacement for CONFIG_READLINE=y.
Instead of using a separate process to receive and print event
messages, use a single-process design with eloop to simply
wpa_cli and interaction with readline.
Instead of multiple #ifdef blocks for readline within the function,
use two copies of the functions, one for readline, one without any
readline functionality.
When running "p2p_connect addr pbc join" command, send the
WPS-OVERLAP-DETECTED even also to the parent interface (i.e.,
the one on which the p2p_connect was issued) and not only the
group interface in case separate P2P group interfaces are used.
The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based
on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best
frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used
to select the operating channel if configuration does not include
hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during
GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based
on current channel conditions.
p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5)
to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
wpa_supplicant_set_driver() is returning an error if the first driver
in the driver list is not built in. It should continue through the
driver list until it finds one that's built in.
If IEE8021X_EAPOL is not enabled in the config, wpa_drv_set_supp_port
must be called from the supplicant, otherwise port will not be
activated after association.
Commit d8d940b746 introduced a regression
that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was
rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use
WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e.,
whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow
the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or
IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA).
It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP
selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that
ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
The driver may end up leaving the current channel when we request
a new remain-on-channel and as such, it is better not assume we can
start new operations like sending an Action frame on the previous
off-channel.
If we have already asked the driver to start a new remain-on-channel,
we need to cancel it even if the actual remain-on-channel has not yet
started at the point when a new operation or timeout etc. triggers
Listen state to be stopped.
Even if p2p_scan_res_handler() returns 1 to indicate that scan result
iteration should be stopped, the p2p_scan_res_handled() needs to be
called to clear p2p_scan_running and to get a callback that will start
any operations that were delayed because of the running scan.
There is no need to separately move to the correct channel
for transmitting an Action frame that is using the group
interface (i.e., source address is P2P Interface Address).
This removes extra latency from P2P Action frame operations
within a P2P group.
This is an option to continue with wpa_supplicant and hostapd even if
config file has errors. The problem is that these daemons are the best
"candidates" for the config change, so if they can not start because
config file was let's say corrupted, you can not fix it easily.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This could have been using an uninitialized variable instead of
purposefully random value in picking up the channel. There is not
much of a difference for the use case here, but anyway, we may
as well do what was initially planned here and.
The destination address for p2p_serv_disc_resp must always be set
to an individual MAC address unlike p2p_serv_disc_req which may use
00:00:00:00:00:00 to indicate wildcard query. As such, we should not
try to check for this special case here.
The ieee80211_sta_free_hw_features() function is now used outside
the MLME code, so better make sure it gets included in the build
to avoid leaking memory.
Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating
that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual
interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating
channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual
interface.
When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will
be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for
this as follows:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
Replacing the BSSID with 'any' has never worked with wps_reg
command, so better not claim it could work. In addition, reject
this is wpa_supplicant to make it clearer that the operation
fails.
A new configuration parameter, p2p_group_idle, can now be used to set
idle timeout value for P2P groups in seconds (0 = no timeout). If set,
this values is used to remove P2P group (both GO and P2P client)
interfaces after the group has been idle (no clients/GO seen) for the
configuration duration.
The P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event is now indicating the reason for group
removal when known. For example:
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=REQUESTED
P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan1 client reason=IDLE
The driver wrapper may indicate EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED before
completing init(). This would likely result in segfault when driver
channel list is being read as part of processing this event when
P2P is enabled.
This command can be used to enroll a network based on a local
network configuration block instead of having to (re-)learn the
current AP settings with wps_er_learn.
This is not supposed to happen, but in theory, the GO may end up
changing its channels at some point. While it would be reasonable
to use one of the common channels, GO may be forced to use another
channel. The most likely reason for this would be if the P2P client
is enforcing only a single channel to be used (e.g., to avoid
multi-channel concurrent operations).
The P2P group component is now tracking of associated stations
in the group and the Group Limit bit in the Group Capabilities
is updated based on whether there is room for new clients in
the group.
This driver capability limit was supposed to indicate limit on
how many stations can associate with us in the AP mode, not how
many P2P peers are stored in the peer table.
The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation
Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was
actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due
to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported,
this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO
Negotiation Confirmation frame.
Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action
operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or
because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
This is needed to work around cases where the pending interface gets
removed, e.g., due to failed GO Negotiation. In such case, we may still
accept new GO Negotiation to be completed, but the interface did not
get created without a separate p2p_connect command.
The current implementation is not ideal since the re-created interface
may, at least in theory, get incorrect interface addrees. Though, this
would likely require that the driver supported more than one P2P group
interface and that the previous one was already taken into use for
another group.
This is a workaround for incorrect configuration (missing
virtual/physical identifier for config methods) for WPS 2.0 to
allow unmodified configuration from WPS 1.0 to be used while
enforcing compliant WPS 2.0 values.
The AP operation with wpa_supplicant requires an additional callback
to get the needed event information from hostapd side so that
wpa_msg() can be called for wpa_s->parent if needed.
This makes it easier to figure out what could have failed in the
WPS protocol and potentially provide more information for the
user on how to resolve the issue.
The driver wrapper can now indicate whether the driver supports
concurrent operations on multiple channels (e.g., infra STA connection
on 5 GHz channel 36 and P2P group on 2.4 GHz channel 1). If not,
P2P_CONNECT commands will be rejected if they would require
multi-channel concurrency.
The new failure codes for P2P_CONNECT:
FAIL-CHANNEL-UNAVAILABLE:
The requested/needed channel is not currently available (i.e., user has
an option of disconnecting another interface to make the channel
available).
FAIL-CHANNEL-UNSUPPORTED:
The request channel is not available for P2P.
Allow only the expected P2P Interface Address as the BSSID for
the AP to avoid selecting incorrect BSS should there be another
device that is advertising active PBC mode before the target
P2P GO does.
When the P2P state machine requests a remain- on-channel, there's a
potential race where it can then request a stop before the r-o-c has
actually started, in which case the stop will not be processed. Fix
that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new DBus API helper function wpas_dbus_error_unknown_error
function can be called as a result of a failure within internal
getter calls, which will call this function with a NULL message
parameter. However, dbus_message_new_error looks very unkindly
(i.e, abort()) on a NULL message, so in this case, we should not
call it.
I've observed this course of events during a call to
wpas_dbus_getter_bss_wpa with a faileld parse of the IE parameter.
We got here through a call to fill_dict_with_properties which
explicitly calls getters with a NULL message parameter. Judging
from the way it is called, this could easily occur if an AP sends
out a malformed (or mis-received) probe response. I usually run
into this problem while driving through San Francisco, so I'm
exposed to any number of base stations along this path.
This patch changes wpa_supplicant policy for handling '' in SSIDs field of
Interface.SSID DBus message. It treats '' (zero-length) SSID as a request
for a broadcast scan, instead of ignoring it.
This patch updates DBus API .Scan() logic per the test cases listed below:
1) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
Request: Active scan with only '' SSID (1 channel)
Should be: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
Previous: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
This Patch: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
2) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['']})
Request: Active scan with only '' SSID (1 channel)
Should be: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
Previous: No ProbeRequests; passive scan results for specified channel
This Patch: FIXED: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
3) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['MySSID']})
Request: Active scan with only non-'' SSIDs (1 channel)
Should be: 1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
no broadcast ProbeRequest
Previous: 1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
no broadcast ProbeRequest
This Patch: 1 directed ProbeRequest for each SSID on specified channel,
no broadcast ProbeRequest
4) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20), 'SSIDs':['',
'MySSID']})
Request: Active scan with SSIDs, including 1 '' SSID (1 channel)
Should be: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest, 1 directed ProbeRequest for each
non-'' SSID on specified channel
Previous: 1 directed ProbeRequest for each non-'' SSID on specified
channel
This Patch: FIXED: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest, 1 directed ProbeRequest for
each non-'' SSID on specified channel
Currently the DBus Interface.Scan API is counter-intuitive. It issues
ProbeRequests when doing passive scans when channels are specified, and
does not issue ProbeRequests for broadcast active scans.
This patch updates DBus API .Scan() logic per the test cases listed below:
1) Interface.Scan({'Type':'passive'})
Request: Passive scan (all channels)
Should be: No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for all channels
Previous: 1 ProbeRequest on all channels for both broadcast SSID and
selected network (scan_ssid=1)
This Patch: --No change--: 1 ProbeRequest on all channels for both
broadcast SSID and selected network (scan_ssid=1)
2) Interface.Scan({'Type':'passive', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
Request: Passive scan (1 channel)
Should be: No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for 1 channel
(plus overlapping channels)
Previous: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
This Patch: --Fixed--: No ProbeRequests; Passive Scan results for 1
channel (plus overlapping channels)
3) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active'})
Request: Active scan with no SSIDs (all channels)
Should be: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on all channels
Previous: No ProbeRequests; passive scan results for all channels
This Patch: --Fixed--: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on all channels
4) Interface.Scan({'Type':'active', 'Channel':(2412, 20)})
Request: Active scan with no SSIDs (1 channel)
Should be: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
Previous: No ProbeRequests; Passive scan results for specified
channel (plus overlapping channels)
This Patch: --Fixed--: 1 broadcast ProbeRequest on specified channel
The previous used .gitignore files were mathing some files that
were actually already in the repository (e.g.,
hostapd/logwatch/hostapd). Avoid this by listing the conflicting
entries in the root directory .gitignore with full path.
This cleans up debug log from unnecessary entries when using
wpa_cli/hostapd_cli or other ctrl_iface monitors that PING
periodically to check connectivity.
WPS 2.0 mandates the AP to include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response
if the matching (Re)Association Request included WPS IE. Provide the
needed WPS IE information to the driver_ops API for drivers that
process association frames internally.
Note: This modifies the driver_ops API by adding a new argument to
set_ap_wps_ie().
Instead of build time options (CONFIG_WPS_TESTING_EXTRA_CRED and
CONFIG_WPS_EXTENSIBILITY_TESTING), use a single build option
(CONFIG_WPS_TESTING) and runtime configuration of which testing
operations are enabled. This allows a single binary to be used
for various tests.
The runtime configuration can be done through control interface
with wpa_cli/hostapd_cli commands:
Enable extensibility tests:
set wps_version_number 0x57
Disable extensibility tests (WPS2 build):
set wps_version_number 0x20
Enable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 1
Disable extra credential tests:
set wps_testing_dummy_cred 0
Previously, wpa_supplicant remaining in scanning state without
trying to connect, but there is no particular need to do that.
Instead, cancel WPS operation completely whenever PBC session
overlap is detected.
Disconnection event may be received while in associating state.
Previously, wpa_supplicant could get stuck not trying to reconnect
in that case at least with nl80211. Allow scan request in this
state to avoid the issue. This helps especially with APs that do
load balancing by sending Deauthentication frame as a response to
Reassociation Request frame after successful Authentication frame
exchange.
ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable
automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default
behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e.,
to maintain previous behavior.
The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout
hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can
be indicated immediately.
This allows the pending group interface to be removed if we fail
to join a running group. A longer than 15 second timeout is needed
here since the GO may not have authorized our connection yet.
A new ctrl_interface command, WPS_CANCEL, can now be used to cancel
a pending or ongoing WPS operation. For now, this is only available
with wpa_supplicant (either in station or AP mode). Similar
functionality should be added for hostapd, too.
The scan operation before Provision Discovery Request may not include
the GO. However, we are likely to have the GO in our P2P peer table,
so use that information to figure out the operating channel if BSS
table entry is not available.
This is needed to make sure we do not try to accidentally enable GO
in channels that may not be allowed. In addition, this may help with
some driver that do not like channel 14 even as a passive scan
channel.
This command is supposed to return the PIN value that was generated
or passed in as an argument. In the AP case, the entered PIN was not
being returned.
This is needed to be able to change parameters for dynamically
created interfaces between the creation of the interface and
association/start AP commands.
Following ctrl_interface commands can now be used:
P2P_SET client_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in client mode
P2P_SET client_apsd <BE>,<BK>,<VI>,<VO>;<max SP Length>
- enable UASPD with specific trigger configuration (0/1) per AC
(max SP Length is currently ignored)
P2P_SET go_apsd disable
- disable configuration (i.e., use driver default) in AP mode
P2P_SET go_apsd <0/1>
- disable/enable APSD in AP mode
This event indicates the Device Password ID that the peer tried
to use in GO Negotiation. For example:
P2P-GO-NEG-REQUEST 02:40:61:c2:f3:b7 dev_passwd_id=4
If enabled, cross connection allows GO to forward IPv4 packets
using masquerading NAT from the P2P clients in the group to an
uplink WLAN connection. This is disabled by default and can be
enabled with "wpa_cli p2p_set cross_connect 1" on the P2P device
interface.
For now, this applies to the test command that can be used to set
periodic NoA (p2p_set noa). The value are stored and periodic NoA
is enabled whenever there are no non-P2P STAs connected to the GO.
While this is not strictly speaking required by the P2P specification
for a not-P2P Managed Device, this can provide useful information for
the P2P manager AP and may be needed to pass certification tests.
For client-invites-device case, the pre-authorization of an invitation
to running group will need to allow Invitation Request from specified
address, too. This is for testing uses only.
"wpa_cli p2p_set peer_filter <MAC address>" can now be used to
only allow a single P2P Device (based on P2P Device Address) to be
discovered for testing. Setting the address to 00:00:00:00:00:00
disables the filter.
This is mainly designed for testing and allows p2p_connect join auth
to be used to accept a specific invitation to an active group that
may be received in the future.
The driver event for remain-on-channel may be delayed in a way that
allows management-frame-received event to be received before
wpa_supplicant knows that the driver is actually already on the
previously requested channel. We should not request a new
remain-on-channel to send a response to just a frame if we are waiting
for the driver to get to the same channel. Instead, just continue
waiting for the driver event.
When the first wpa_supplicant interface is not the correct one for
transmitting an Action frame (e.g., P2P Presence Request frame
uses a group interface), the code got stuck in an infinite busy
loop. Fix the iteration to go through the interfaces properly.
If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and
reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an
included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all
mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC
messages.
Advertize list of authorized enrollee MAC addresses in Beacon and
Probe Response frames and use these when selecting the AP. In order
to provide the list, the enrollee MAC address should be specified
whenever adding a new PIN. In addition, add UUID-R into
SetSelectedRegistrar action to make it potentially easier for an AP
to figure out which ER sent the action should there be multiple ERs
using the same IP address.
Verify that the driver wrapper is using a valid deauth/disassoc
event before dereferencing the addr pointer. The address is required
to be set in AP mode, but it is safer to verify this here than to
trust on all driver wrappers doing the correct thing.
Some NDIS drivers require a workaround to allow them to associate
with a WPS AP that is already using protection (Privacy field = 1).
Let driver_ndis.c know if the AP is already using Privacy and if so,
configure a dummy WEP key to force the driver to associate.
Commit d8d940b746 broke the logic on
iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed
to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first
configured network to be found.
This patch adds support for wired IEEE 802.1X client on the Solaris.
I have tested with these:
OS : OpenSolaris 2009.06
EAP : EAP-MD5
Switch : Cisco Catalyst 2950
The driver is likely to indicate an immediate signal event when the
threshold value is configured. Since we do this immediately after
association, there is not much point in requesting a new scan to be
started based on this event.
The driver is likely to indicate an immediate signal event when the
threshold value is configured. Since we do this immediately after
association, there is not much point in requesting a new scan to be
started based on this event.
This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block
priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and
also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if
scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength
that does not allow it to be used.
The wpa_supplicant compilation without CONFIG_WPS option results in
messages below.
scan.c: In function 'wpa_supplicant_scan':
scan.c:246: warning: unused variable 'wps'
This trivial patch erases this warning.
This clears up authentication state in the driver and in case of
cfg80211, unlocks the BSS entry for the previously used AP. The
previous commit cf4783e35f changed
only the ctrl_iface DISCONNECT command behavior; this new commit
does the same for D-Bus commands.
wpa_s->bssid is already cleared by mark_disassoc() when we're getting the
disassociation event for the case where wpa_supplicant requested
disassociation. wpa_s->sme.prev_bssid holds the BSSID we need to check
for, so use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When passing several authentication algorithms through auth_alg, we
should try all of them when the first one fails. The wext driver goes
through the connect nl80211 command and the retries are then handled by
the kernel. The nl80211 doesn't and we have to handle that from
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan
results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could
happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
When SME is in wpa_supplicant (mac80211), we need to make sure that
the kernel code has valid BSS entry for the AP. In some cases it
seemed to be possible to end up not having current information in
cfg80211 or mac80211 which can result to association failures. Avoid
this by always running through the scan request before initial
connection attempt.
It is possible that l2_packet is not used with wpa_supplicant
in some cases, so better make sure we do not end up notifying
l2_packet code about authentications unless it was actually
initialized in the first place.
Store list of all discovered BSSes in the ESS and on which frequencies
they have been seen. Use this information to dynamically generated the
list of channels for background scans.
The AP configuration may change after provisioning, so it is better
not to use the current security policy to prioritize results. Instead,
use WPS Selected Registrar attribute as the main sorting key and use
signal strength next without considering security policy or rate sets.
The non-WPS provisioning case remains as-is, i.e., this change applies
only when trying to find an AP for WPS provisioning.
Addition of the background scanning mechanism in commit
60b94c9819 moved the scan trigger
into a new function that was also incrementing the scan_runs
counter, but the removal of the previous scan_runs incrementation
was forgotten from that patch. This counter should only be updated
into a single location, so remove the old one. This improves AP
selection for WPS provisioning by not skipping some of the initial
scans.
wps_er_config can now be used to configure an AP. It is similar to
wps_er_learn, but instead of only learning the current AP settings,
it continues to send M8 with the new settings for the AP.
wps_er_start command now takes an optional parameter that can be used
to configure a filter to only allow UPnP SSDP messages from the
specified IP address. In practice, this limits the WPS ER operations
to a single AP and filters out all other devices in the network.
This avoids an invalid D-Bus call during interface initialization.
The wpa_state change can happen before the D-Bus interface is set up,
so we must be preparted to handle this early event signal. In theory,
it should be possible to reorder initialization code to make sure
D-Bus signals are ready, but that would likely require quite a bit of
code restructuring, so it looks like a safer option for now is to just
skip the early event.
The wpa_supplicant compilation with CONFIG_AP option and without
CONFIG_IEEE80211R, CONFIG_WPS, NEED_SME, CONFIG_CLIENT_MLME options
results in following messages.
../src/ap/drv_callbacks.o: In function `hostapd_notif_assoc':
../src/ap/drv_callbacks.c:59: undefined reference to
`ieee802_11_parse_elems'
gmake: *** [wpa_supplicant] Error 1
Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used
to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even
when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g.,
due to rfkill).
Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in
blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill
events to block/unblock WLAN.
Use regular expression matches to see if input is not the (now translated?)
string "Select any network" and is a "<network id>: <ssid>" string or the
"all" keyword where that is applicable.
Signed-off-by: Kel Modderman <kel@otaku42.de>
This allows wpa_supplicant to be started quickly with an empty
configuration. If an external program wants to fetch scan results
from wpa_supplicant, it will need to request a scan explicitly
in this type of case.
Add "wpa-ft-psk", "wpa-psk-sha256", "wpa-ft-eap" and "wpa-eap-sha256"
possible KeyMgmt values of interface capabilities to fit values in
BSS RSN options dictionary.
This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to
make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some
race conditions and to what could have been the reason for
disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with
the nl80211 driver wrapper.
These bursts can result in control interface monitors being detached
even if the external program is still working properly. Use much larger
error threshold for ENOBUFS to avoid this.
There is no absolute requirement for separating address allocation
into separate functions, so simplify the driver wrapper interface
to use just if_add and if_remove instead of adding the new
alloc_interface_addr() and release_interface_addr() functions.
if_add() can now indicate if the driver forced a different interface
name or address on the virtual interface.
Scan only the frequency that was used during provisioning during the
first five scans for the connection. This speeds up connection in the
most likely case where the AP remains on the same channel. If the AP is
not found after these initial scans, all channels will be scanned.
'wpa_cli roam <bssid>' can now be used to test roaming within an ESS
(e.g., for FT over-the-air). This command will bypass a new scan and
will select the BSS based on the specified BSSID. It is responsibility
of the caller to make sure that the target AP is in the BSS table.
This can be done, e.g., by running a scan before the roam command,
if needed.
Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing
parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association
response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association
response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake
message 2/4.
This sets the FT Capability and Policy field in the MDIE to the values
received from the target AP (if available). This fixes the MDIE contents
during FT Protocol, but the correct value may not yet be used in initial
mobility domain association.
When using wpa_supplicant SME (i.e., using nl80211), the rsn_supp
module was not informed of the WPA/RSN IE that was used in
(Re)Association Request frame. This broke roaming between APs that
use different security policy (e.g., changing between WPA/TKIP and
WPA2/CCMP APs) or when using PMKSA caching.
This allows bgscan modules to use more information to decide on when
to perform background scans. bgscan_simple can now change between
short and long background scan intervals based on signal strength
and in addition, it can trigger immediate scans when the signal
strength is detected to be dropping.
bgscan_simple takes following parameters now:
short interval:signal strength threshold:long interval
For example:
bgscan="simple:30:-45:300"
This can be used to limit which frequencies are considered when
selecting a BSS. This is somewhat similar to scan_freq, but will
also affect any scan results regardless of which program triggered
the scan.
Need to kill the monitor process before running detach command on
the monitor connection to avoid race where the monitor process may
end up getting the detach command result.
Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c);
now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS)
for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame
exchange is not yet implemented.
Despite comments in the wpa_config_update_prio_list(struct wpa_config
*config) telling that it is called "if priority for a network is
changed", it is apparently not.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
This patch allows wpa_supplicant to compile on Debian's kfreebsd
architectures.
Patch by Stefan Lippers-Hollmann based on work done by Petr Salinger
and Emmanuel Bouthenot for 0.6.X (http://bugs.debian.org/480572).
filter_ssids=1 global configuration parameter can now be used to
enable scan result filtering (with -Dnl80211 only for now) based on
the configured SSIDs. In other words, only the scan results that have
an SSID matching with one of the configured networks are included in the
BSS table. This can be used to reduce memory needs in environments that
have huge number of APs.
New global configuration parameter bss_max_count can now be used to
change the maximum BSS table size. The old fixed size limit (200) is
used as the default value for this parameter.
wpa_supplicant can now be notified of suspend/resume events, e.g.,
from pm-action scripts. This allows wpa_supplicant to clear information
that may become invalid during a suspend operation.
This is needed to allow the BSS table entry for the previously used
BSS to be removed. Now wpa_bss_in_use() can return 0 for the last BSS
that was used as soon as deauthentication/disassociation event has been
received.
Some drivers may need to use a specific ifname for the virtual
interface, so allow them to do this with a new parameter passed
to the alloc_interface_addr() handler.
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_WPA_CLI_FORK=y in .config can be used to
configure wpa_cli build to make a version of wpa_cli that forks
a child process to receive event messages. This allows the events
to be shown immediately instead of having to wait for the next
periodic poll with PING.
This allows external programs (e.g., UI) to get more information
about server certificate chain used during TLS handshake. This can
be used both to automatically probe the authentication server to
figure out most likely network configuration and to get information
about reasons for failed authentications.
The follow new control interface events are used for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR
In addition, there is now an option for matching the server certificate
instead of the full certificate chain for cases where a trusted CA is
not configured or even known. This can be used, e.g., by first probing
the network and learning the server certificate hash based on the new
events and then adding a network configuration with the server
certificate hash after user have accepted it. Future connections will
then be allowed as long as the same server certificate is used.
Authentication server probing can be done, e.g., with following
configuration options:
eap=TTLS PEAP TLS
identity=""
ca_cert="probe://"
Example set of control events for this:
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-STARTED EAP authentication started
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PROPOSED-METHOD vendor=0 method=21
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 21 (TTLS) selected
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-PEER-CERT depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' hash=5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-TLS-CERT-ERROR reason=8 depth=0 subject='/C=US/ST=California/L=San Francisco/CN=Server/emailAddress=server@kir.nu' err='Server certificate chain probe'
CTRL-EVENT-EAP-FAILURE EAP authentication failed
Server certificate matching is configured with ca_cert, e.g.:
ca_cert="hash://server/sha256/5a1bc1296205e6fdbe3979728efe3920798885c1c4590b5f90f43222d239ca6a"
This functionality is currently available only with OpenSSL. Other
TLS libraries (including internal implementation) may be added in
the future.
When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal
strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently
whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans
requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming
and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network
disconnections.
Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan
results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly
stronger signal strength.
Expose RSN and WPA properties for BSS objects containing information
about key management and cipher suites. Get rid of WPA/RSN/WPSIE
byte array properties and add IEs byte array property with all IE data
instead.
This allows the driver wrappers to return two sets of IEs, so that
the BSS code can use information from both Beacon and Probe Response
frames if needed. For example, some Cisco APs seem to include more
information in Wireless Provisioning Services IE when it is in the
Beacon frame.
idx == 0 should be enough to make sure that the addr is set, but
verify that this is indeed the case to avoid any potential issues if
auth_set_key() gets called incorrectly.
There was an extra semicolon that broke the calculation of registered
properties and resulted in obj_desc->prop_changed_flags not being
allocated long enough for all the flags.
The path pointer used as the timeout_ctx was not constant; the path
string itself may have been the same, but the pointer certainly was not
since it was sometimes from stack and sometimes from the dynamically
allocated buffer in obj_desc. This caused some of the eloop timeout
cancellations not to find the timeout. Fix this by using the obj_desc
as the timeout context data.
Instead of sending PropertiesChanged signals for each changed
property separately, mark properties as changed and send aggregated
PropertiesChanged signals for each interface in each object.
Aggregated PropertiesChanged signal is sent
- for all object after responding on DBus call
- for specified object after manual call to
wpa_dbus_flush_object_changed_properties() function
- for each object separately after short timeout (currently 5 ms)
which starts when first property in object is marked changed
The actual supplicant state is exposed via a property on the interface
object. So having a separate signal StateChanged for notifying about
changes is a bad idea. The standard PropertiesChanged signal should be
used for this.
The advantage of StateChanged signal was that it includes the previous
state, but not even NetworkManager is making use of this. And tracking
the old state via the property and this signal is easily possible anyway.
Instead of using some magic integer values that really only mean
something to WPA internal code, just use simple strings. Possible
values are "msgdump", "debug", "info", "warning" and "error" which
map directly to WPA debugging support.
The three existing enums were already depending on using the same
values in couple of places and it is just simpler to standardize on
one of these to avoid need for mapping between different enums for
the exact same thing.
Most of this file was already moved into wpa_supplicant/scan.c and
we can remove the file completely by having couple of small helper
functions copied to the remaining users outside core wpa_supplicant
code.
This fits better in wpa_supplicant/scan.c. Couple of remaining
scan_helpers.c functions are currently used in driver wrappers,
but they can likely be removed in the future.
This adds new commands and events for allowing off-channel Action
frame exchanges to be requested. This functionality is not yet used
and is only fully supported by driver_test.c at this point.
driver_nl80211.c has support for the remain-on-channel commands, but
the Action frame TX/RX part is still pending review for the kernel
code and as such, is not yet included here.
This adds placeholder code for allowing the virtual interfaces to be
pre-allocated a MAC address before the interface type is known with
drivers that do not handle interface type changes.
Get rid of wpa_supplicant_sta_rx() and add a new driver event that is
marked to be used only with driver_test.c. In addition, remove this
functionality from privsep wrapper. This is only use for client mode
MLME testing with driver_test.c.
The wpa_s->bss_id list was being corrupted when the BSS entry needed
to be reallocated due to longer IE data. The entry has to be removed
from all lists before reallocation to avoid this (it was only removed
from the wpa_s->bss list).
There is no need to duplicate the method/signal/property arrays that
were registered for objects. The registration was using static arrays
on methods/signals/properties in all places and we can as well use
those throughout without having to allocate memory and copy all the
entries for every object. This reduces number of allocations and
amount of unnecessary code quite a bit.
Get more information about scans when updating BSS table information.
This allows the missing-from-scans expiration rule to work properly
when only partial set of channels or SSIDs are being scanned.
The perror() calls do not make much sense with libdbus functions and
wpa_printf() would really be used for all error printing anyway. In
addition, many of the error messages on out-of-memory cases are not
really of much use, so they were removed. This is also cleaning up
some of the error path handling to avoid duplicated code.
These cannot be NULL, so there is no point in checking for that. In
addition, the accessor function for this is just making the code harder
to understand.
This callback structure was specific to the new D-Bus API which makes
it more or less pointless. It is just simpler to call the notification
functions directly. More proper design could be to use a generic
mechanism for registering notification callbacks into notify.c, but
that is not yet available and should not be designed just based on a
single user.
These header files are included outside the dbus subdirectory and there
is not really any need to force the libdbus dbus/dbus.h header file to
be included into these files.
There is no need to go through methods, signals, and properties in
two loops and only collect interfaces in the first run. Get rid of
unnecessary CPU use by generating the XML data for interfaces with
a single pass.
The XML used in D-Bus introspection is simple and there is no need to use
libxml2 to generate it. This gets rid of the dependency on the large
library by using internal XML generation.
Simpler to use for loops instead of handling next pointer selection
in all places. In addition, couple of functions could have ended up
in an infinite loop on error path since the pointer update was missed.
In addition, remove Quality and Noise properties since the BSS table
is not the correct place for fetching per-channel information (Noise)
and Quality is not well-defined (nor available from many drivers).
We don't actually need to define separate user_data argument for
each method handler and property getter/setter. Instead, we can define
one argument for the whole object. That will make it easier to register
objects like BSS or Networks which require allocating and freeing
memory for their arguments.
This was mostly identical code that had been copied for the new D-Bus
API implementation and as such, should really have been shared from
the beginning. In addition, the copied code ended up generating
interesting stack traces since the actual D-Bus connection was being
shared even though the pointer to it was stored in two distinct
data structures. The old D-Bus code ended up dispatching some
D-Bus callbacks which ended up running the new D-Bus code.
Since the private context pointers were mostly identical, everything
seemed to more or less work, but this design was just making things
more complex and potentially very easy to break.
Do not try to unregister BSS objects twice (the latter one with invalid
path) and make sure all network objects get added and removed properly
(the ones read from configuration file were not being registered, but
were tried to be unregistered).
This will allow more cleanup to be done for scan results processing
since all code can now be made to depend on the BSS table instead of
the temporary scan results.
Once remaining code has been converted to use the BSS table, the new
scan results can be freed immediately after the BSS table has been
updated. In addition, filtering of BSS information should be added
to better support systems with limited resources. For now, memory
use can be limited by defining WPA_BSS_MAX_COUNT to be smaller.
Anyway, better filtering of results to only the configured networks
should be added to improve this.
Replace the scan results -based implementation with the use of information
from the new BSS table maintained by wpa_supplicant to get a more stable
source of BSS data. Change the use of BSSID as the key for the BSS object
to use the BSS table unique identifier so that multi-SSID APs can be
handled properly.
In addition, provide another option for iterating through the BSS
entries. The old iteration: "BSS 0", "BSS 1", .. with index number.
The new iteration: "BSS FIRST", "BSS NEXT-<prev id>", .. with id
fetched from the previous output (id=<id> line).
This allows the BSS list to be iterated in order of increasing id
to avoid problems with new scans reordering entries. The order on the
wpa_s->bss list changes with most recently updated entries being moved
to the tail of the list while wpa_s->bss_id list maintains its order
with new entries being added to the tail and old entries being removed
when they expire.
This allows the driver interface to be deinitialized before
struct hostapd_data instance gets freed. This needs to be done so
that the driver wrapper does not maintain a context pointer to
freed memory.
Collect information from scan results into a BSS table that will not
expire information as quickly as scan results where every new scan,
no matter for how limited set of channels/SSIDs, clears all old
information.
For now, this is only used for D-Bus BSS added/removed notifications,
but this will likely be extended to be used internally instead of the
scan results to better support partial scans.
This has example code for fetching and interface object and optionally
creating a new interface is one is not found. After that, a scan is
requested and the script continues to listed for signals from
wpa_supplicant and print information about scan results and state
changes.
Must initialize key to be NULL since it can be used in an error
message. If the Scan method did not actually include any dict entries,
the uninitialized pointer was used and this could result in
wpa_supplicant crashing.
Removed the hack that used typecast to get rid of const by using local
variables that are allocated and freed. Fix couple of memory leaks
and check that the required Ifname parameter is included.
Doxygen and some build tools may get a bit confused about same file
name being used in different directories. Clean this up a bit by
renaming some of the duplicated file names in src/ap.
Initialize struct hostapd_data driver context with the same driver
information that was initialized earlier during wpa_supplicant start.
This allows the AP mode operations to be completed directly with the
same calls in AP code without having to maintain a separate translation
layer between the AP and station mode driver context.
This code can be shared by both hostapd and wpa_supplicant and this
is an initial step in getting the generic code moved to be under the
src directories. Couple of generic files still remain under the
hostapd directory due to direct dependencies to files there. Once the
dependencies have been removed, they will also be moved to the src/ap
directory to allow wpa_supplicant to be built without requiring anything
from the hostapd directory.
It would be bettet to avoid including driver_i.h, i.e., direct driver
operation calls from hostapd components. This is an initial step in
that direction for WPS IE updates.
This mode allows associated stations to use 4-address frames to allow
layer 2 bridging to be used. At least for the time being, this is only
supported with driver=nl80211.
This adds config_methods configuration option for wpa_supplicant
following the design used in hostapd. In addition, the string is
now parsed in common code from src/wps/wps_common.c and the list
of configurable methods include all the defined methods from
WPS 1.0h spec.
